Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Refining & Marketing / BlackRock

BlackRock

beri · LSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker beri
Exchange LSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Refining & Marketing
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · BlackRock
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
B
l
a
c
k
R
o
c
k
E
n
e
r
g
y
a
n
d
R
e
s
o
u
r
c
e
s
I
n
c
o
m
e
T
r
u
s
t
p
l
c

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
F
n
a
n
c
i
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
3
0
N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r
2
0
2
0

blackrock.com/uk/beri

BlackRock 
Energy and Resources 
Income Trust plc

Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43268

Customer: BlackRock

Proof Event: 9

Black Line Level: 0

Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LA

Project Title: Greater Europe Annual Rpt 2020

T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Job No: 43774Proof Event: 11Black Line Level: 0Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Financial 
highlights
71.40p1

Ordinary share price

+16.0%2, 5

80.76p

NAV per ordinary share
+13.9%2, 5

£91.6m4

Net assets

4.00p

Total dividends

No change

5.6%3, 5

Yield

As at 30 November 2020. Percentage comparisons are year on year against 30 November 2019.
1 
2 
3 

 Mid-market.
 Performance figures are calculated in sterling terms with dividends reinvested.
 The yield has been calculated using the share price at 30 November 2020 of 71.40p per share; 
the detailed calculation is set out in the glossary on page 134 and is classified as an Alternative 
Performance Measure.
 The change in net assets reflects market movements, the buyback of shares and dividends paid during 
the year.

4 

5  Alternative Performance measures. See Glossary on pages 132 to 134.

Rio Tinto is one of the world’s leading mining groups. The group’s primary product is 
iron ore, but it also produces aluminium, copper, diamonds, gold, industrial minerals 
and energy products.  
WEIPA, AUSTRALIA RECLAIMER PHOTO COURTESY OF RIO TINTO.

The cover image shows the 
Sheringham Shoal Offshore 
Wind Farm, operated by 
Equinor, located 23 kilometres 
off the coast of North Norfolk.

Section 1: Overview and performance 

1

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Why BlackRock  
Energy and Resources 
Income Trust plc?

Investment objective
The Company’s objectives are to achieve an annual dividend target and, over the long term, capital 
growth by investing primarily in securities of companies operating in the mining and energy sectors.

Reasons to invest

Conviction
A conviction-led approach to delivering 
a high income from the best ideas in the 
mining, conventional energy and energy 
transition sectors. Unconstrained 
by market cap, sector or region, the 
portfolio managers can invest in a wide 
range of opportunities. 

Opportunity
Mining and energy companies lie at the 
heart of the global economy. Without 
them, countries cannot grow and 
develop. Mining companies provide 
everything from materials to build wind 
turbines to lithium for electric cars. 
They play an important role in the long-
term de-carbonisation of the global 
economy. Energy companies power our 
cars, our homes and drive economic 
development. On the sustainable 
energy side, the path to a lower carbon 
global economy is forecast to disrupt 
many industries and business models. 
However, this evolution is also expected 
to create remarkable opportunities. 
Investment in a specialist trust gives 
targeted exposure to these important 
companies, as it is positioned to capture 
such industry shifts and reap the 
benefits from this transition.

Yield
The Company offers an attractive 5.6% 
dividend yield, as at 30 November 
2020, as the managers focus on higher 
quality companies with strong cash 
flows that are good allocators of capital. 
The Company’s global nature means 
that the large majority of its holdings 
generate earnings from around the 
world. 

Flexibility
The Company’s flexibility means that 
the portfolio will adapt as the demand 
for mining, energy and energy transition 
related stocks changes. Over the 
long-term, the team is able to change 
the portfolio makeup to select the 
best stocks to generate a sustainable 
income.

Expertise
The Company’s assets are managed by 
BlackRock’s Natural Resources Team. 
The team have been running mining 
funds since 1993, energy funds since 
1999 and energy transition funds since 
2001. The Team undertakes extensive, 
proprietary, on-the-ground research 
to get to know the management of the 
companies in which they invest. 

ESG
Environmental, Social and Corporate 
Governance (ESG) is a key consideration 
and embedded within the investment 
process. The Team’s philosophy is that 
whilst ESG is one of many factors that 
should be considered when making 
an investment, there is a positive 
correlation between good ESG and 
investment performance. Portfolio asset 
allocation reflects this, with a significant 
allocation to companies active in the 
Energy Transition sector. More details in 
respect of BlackRock’s ESG policies can 
be found on pages 51 to 53.

A member of the Association of Investment Companies

Further details about the Company, including the latest annual and half yearly financial reports, fact 
sheets and stock exchange announcements, are available on the website at blackrock.com/uk/beri

2  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Why BlackRock  

Energy and Resources 

Income Trust plc?

Contents

Section 1: Overview and performance
Performance record 
Chairman’s statement 
Investment manager’s report 

Section 2: Portfolio
Distribution of investments 
Ten largest investments 
Investments 

Section 3: Governance
Governance structure 
Directors’ biographies 
Strategic report 
Directors’ report 
Directors’ remuneration report 
Corporate governance statement 
Report of the audit and management engagement committee 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the annual report  

and financial statements 

Section 4: Financial statements
Independent auditor’s report 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
Parent company statement of changes in equity 
Consolidated and parent company statements of financial position 
Consolidated and parent company cash flow statements 
Notes to the financial statements 

Section 5: Additional information
Shareholder information 
Analysis of ordinary shareholders 
Historical analysis 
Management & other service providers 
AIFMD disclosures 
Information to be disclosed in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.4 
Information to be disclosed in respect of investment in the  
People’s Republic of China (PRC) via the Stock Connect 

Glossary 

Section 6: Annual general meeting
Notice of annual general meeting 
Share fraud warning 

4
5
11

24
26
28

34
35
38
54
63
68
74

79

82
90
91
92
93
94
95

122
125
126
127
128
129

130
132

138

Section 1: Overview and performance 

3

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Performance record

Net assets (£’000)1

Net asset value (NAV) per ordinary share (pence)

– with dividends reinvested2

Ordinary share (mid-market) (pence)

– with dividends reinvested2

Discount to net asset value2

Revenue

Net profit on ordinary activities after taxation (£’000)

Revenue earnings per ordinary share (pence)

Dividends (pence)

1st interim

2nd interim

3rd interim

4th interim

Total dividends paid and payable

As at 
30 November 
2020

As at 
30 November 
2019

91,642 

80.76 

85,945 

75.28 

71.40 

66.00 

11.6%

12.3%

Change 
%

6.6 

7.3 

13.9 

8.2 

16.0 

For the year 
ended
30 November
2020

For the year 
ended
30 November
2019

Change 
%

4,900 

4.31 

1.00 

1.00 

1.00 

1.00 

4.00 

4,578 

3.97 

1.00 

1.00 

1.00 

1.00 

4.00 

7.0 

8.6 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1  The change in net assets reflects market movements, the buyback of shares and dividends paid during the year.
2  Alternative Performance Measures, see Glossary on pages 132 to 134.

Performance from 30 November 2015 to 30 November 2020

190

180

170

160

150

140

130

120

110

100

90

%

80
Nov 15

Nov 16

Nov 17

Nov 18

Nov 19

Nov 20

NAV performance

Share price performance

Sources: BlackRock and Datastream.
Performance figures are calculated on a mid-market basis in sterling terms, with dividends reinvested.
Share prices and NAV at 30 November 2015, rebased to 100.

4  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Chairman’s statement

Dear  
Shareholder

Ed Warner 
Chairman

Market overview
This year has been challenging for 
investors with the COVID-19 pandemic 
creating deep uncertainty about the 
prospects for economies and triggering 
extreme volatility in markets. As the 
pandemic took hold, demand for 
commodities collapsed and significant 
operational and supply disruption 
exacerbated sharp falls in their prices. 
Stock markets subsequently rallied, 
aided by positive economic data from 
China and the oil price staged a partial 
recovery on the back of Organisation 
of Petroleum Exporting Countries+ 
(OPEC+) production cuts. 

The second half of the year was 
generally more positive for markets, 
and the emergence of several 
successful COVID-19 vaccines in 
November 2020 further restored 
investor confidence. Companies in the 
mining and energy sectors generally 
had a strong end to 2020, benefiting 
from the environment of ultra-low 
interest rates and supportive fiscal 
policy. However, as the COVID-19 
pandemic continues to evolve, 
some market volatility is expected 
to remain until vaccines have been 
rolled out and economic conditions 
have become somewhat more normal. 
On a positive note, investment in 
renewable and sustainable resources 
has continued to rank highly in terms 
of fiscal commitment and prioritisation 
for most governments despite the 
economic challenges posed by the 
pandemic. Sustainability trends 
continued to progress through 2020 
with governments across the world 

announcing new carbon reduction 
targets and technology advancing 
in the renewable power and electric 
vehicles arenas. BlackRock Energy 
and Resources Income Trust is well 
positioned to take advantage of these 
trends with approximately 23.8% of its  
portfolio invested in energy transition 
stocks as at the end of the year. 

Performance
During the year ended 30 November 
2020 the Company’s net asset value 
per share (‘NAV’) rose by 13.9% and 
its share price increased by 16.0% 
(both percentages in sterling terms 
with dividends reinvested). The 
Company’s objectives are to achieve 
both an annual dividend target and, 
over the long term, capital growth. 
Consequently, the Board does not 
formally benchmark performance 
against mining and energy sector 
indices as meeting a specific dividend 
target is not within the scope of 
these indices. However, to set the 
performance above in the context 
of the market backdrop, the EMIX 
Global Mining Index rose by 19.6% 
and the MSCI World Energy Index 
fell by 32.6% over the same period. 
The Company now holds up to 30% 
of its portfolio in energy transition 
stocks; to give background context to 
how the renewable energy sector has 
performed, since the portfolio was 
realigned with effect from 1 June 2020, 
the S&P Global Clean Energy Index rose 
by 84.8% over the six months ended 
30 November 2020 and the WilderHill 
Clean Energy Index rose by 143.5% 
(all percentages in sterling terms with 

Section 1: Overview and performance 

5

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
The shift to a lower carbon economy and the amount of 
capital that is being committed to this presents a significant 
investment opportunity. 

Performance to 30 November 2020

Net Asset Value (with dividends reinvested) 1

Share price (with dividends reinvested) 1

1 Year 
change
%

13.9

16.0

3 Years 
change
%

23.2

13.5

5 Years 
change
%

81.2

64.2

Since 
 inception2
%

82.2

60.7

1  Alternative Performance Measures. Further details of the calculation of performance with dividends reinvested are given in the Glossary on pages 132 to 134.
2  The Company was launched on 13 December 2005.

dividends reinvested). It should be 
noted that these comparisons are given 
for illustrative purposes only.

Further information on investment 
performance is given in the Investment 
Manager’s Report. Since the period 
end and up until close of business 
on 2 February 2021 the Company’s 
NAV has increased by 10.2% and the 
share price has risen by 14.0% (with 
dividends reinvested).

Focus on energy transition
The Board announced on 17 March 
2020 that, within the parameters of the 
Company’s existing investment policy, 
it was the Board’s intention to increase 
the focus on exposure to stocks that 
were benefiting from the transition in 
the energy sector, away from carbon-
based energy supplies towards 
alternative and renewable sources, 
such that these would represent a 
greater proportion of the stocks held 
within the portfolio in the medium 
term, subject to market conditions. The 
implementation of this transition began 
with effect from 1 June 2020, and as 
at 30 November 2020 23.8% of the 
Company’s portfolio was held in energy 
transition stocks. The Board views 
the global transition to a low-carbon 
economy as a secular trend and an 
investment opportunity that demands 
inclusion in the Company’s portfolio in 
a significant way. This view is borne out 
by the initial performance of this part 
of the portfolio; between 1 June 2020 
and 30 November 2020 the transition 
energy and mining portion of the 
Company’s portfolio contributed 8.3% 
to an overall increase in the NAV per 
share over the same period of 26.6%. 

Although the Board does not 
formally benchmark the Company’s 
performance against mining and energy 
sector indices, it does compare the 
performance of the portfolio against a 
bespoke mining and energy composite 
index for internal purposes and this has 
evolved in line with portfolio changes. 
The neutral sector weightings of 50% 
mining and 50% traditional energy in 
the current composite internal index 
have been changed to 40% mining, 
30% traditional energy and 30% energy 
transition sector weightings. In addition, 
with effect from September 2020, the 
Board have moved to use a version of 
the mining index that excludes gold 
companies as this sector is of limited 
relevance as the portfolio moves to 
focus more on stocks benefiting from 
the transition in the energy sector away 
from carbon-based energy supplies 
towards alternative and renewable 
sources.

Revenue return and 
dividends
While dividends have come under 
pressure in the wider equity markets 
as a result of the COVID-19 crisis, the 
income from the investments held by 
your Company has remained relatively 
robust. Revenue return for the year to 
30 November 2020 was 4.31 pence 
per share (2019: 3.97 pence), boosted 
by an uplift of 0.83 pence per share 
in respect of corporation tax refunds 
of £945,614 which were repaid to the 
Company in August 2020 as part of 
the Franked Investment Income (FII) 
Group Litigation Order (GLO) vs HMRC 
(further details of which are set out in 
note 7 on page 101). 

The Board’s current target is to 
declare quarterly dividends of at least 
1.00 pence per share for the year to 
30 November 2021, making a total of at 
least 4.00 pence. This target represents 
a yield of 5.6% based on the share 
price of 71.40 pence per share as at 
30 November 2020.

The Board does not expect the shift 
in focus away from carbon-based 
energy supplies towards alternative 
and renewable sources to impair the 
Company’s ability to meet its target 
dividend, which will be delivered 
primarily from a mix of dividend 
income from the portfolio and dividend 
reserves, supported by the payment 
of income out of capital if required. 
The Company may also write options 
to generate revenue return, although 
the portfolio managers’ focus is on 
investing the portfolio to generate an 
optimal level of total return without 
striving to meet an annual income 
target and they will only undertake 
option transactions to the extent that 
the overall contribution is beneficial to 
total return.

Changes to portfolio 
management and fees
Given the Company’s increased focus 
on energy transition stocks, it was 
announced on 17 March 2020 that 
BlackRock’s energy specialist Mark 
Hume would be replacing Olivia 
Markham as portfolio manager to 
work alongside Tom Holl. Mark has ten 
years of experience directly managing 
energy stocks and is co-manager of 
BlackRock’s all-cap Energy strategy. 

6  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600The Board would like to take the 
opportunity to thank Olivia for her 
excellent contribution in managing the 
Company’s portfolio over the last six 
years. 

The Directors are very mindful of the 
need to ensure that shareholders 
receive good value from the operations 
of the Company and regularly review 
all its costs. To that end, as also 
announced on 17 March 2020, we 
agreed a reduction in the management 
fee payable by the Company to 
BlackRock Fund Managers Ltd (the 
“Manager”) to 0.80% on gross assets 
per annum (previously 0.95% per 
annum on the first £250 million of 
gross assets and 0.90% per annum 
thereafter). In addition, it was agreed 
that the Company’s Ongoing Charges, 
as set out and defined in its annual 
report (and for avoidance of doubt 
including the management fee), would 
be capped at 1.25% per annum of 
average daily net assets with effect from 
the same date. More information is set 
out in note 4 on page 99.

Gearing
The Company operates a flexible 
gearing policy which depends on 
prevailing market conditions. It is not 
intended that gearing will exceed 20% 
of the gross assets of the Company. 
The maximum gearing used during 
the period was 14.7%, and the level 
of gearing at 30 November 2020 was 
6.5%. Average gearing over the year 
to 30 November 2020 was 5.2%. For 
calculations, see the Glossary on 
page 132.

Discount control
The Directors recognise the importance 
to investors that the Company’s share 
price should not trade at a significant 
premium or discount to NAV, and 
therefore, in normal market conditions, 
may use the Company’s share buyback, 
sale of shares from treasury and 
share issue powers to ensure that the 
share price is broadly in line with the 
underlying NAV. The Company currently 
has authority to buy back up to 14.99% 
of the Company’s issued share capital 
(excluding treasury shares) and to allot 
ordinary shares representing up to 10% 

of the Company’s issued ordinary share 
capital. Over the year to 30 November 
2020, the Company’s shares have 
traded at an average discount of 13.7%, 
and within a range of a 3.6% discount 
to a 24.6% discount. The Company 
bought back a total of 700,000 ordinary 
shares between 1 December 2019 
and 20 February 2020 at an average 
price of 66.06 pence per share, for a 
total consideration of 466,000 and at 
an average discount of 12.3%. These 
shares were placed in treasury for 
potential reissue, thereby saving the 
associated costs of an issue of new 
shares if demand arises. However, as 
the COVID-19 pandemic took hold and 
global markets plummeted in March 
and April 2020, the extreme market 
volatility created challenges for many 
investment companies in determining 
appropriate intraday pricing levels for 
buy back transactions. Consequently 
the Board has not been active in buying 
back shares over the second half of the 
period under review and into December 
2020, but continues to monitor the 
market and, in conjunction with the 
Company’s broker, gives consideration 
to the possibility of buying back shares 
on a daily basis.

Board composition
The Board supports the increasing 
focus on independence, tenure and 
succession planning set out in the 
updated Financial Reporting Council’s 
review of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, which applies for periods 
commencing on or after 1 January 
2019. With this in mind, the Board 
commenced a search during the year to 
identify a new Director to join the Board, 
assisted by a third-party recruitment 
firm. Following a detailed evaluation 
of each of the candidates, the Board 
selected Mr Andrew Robson who was 
subsequently appointed with effect from 
8 December 2020. Mr Robson brings 
a wealth of financial sector experience 
and expertise, both complementing and 
enhancing the skills and experience of 
the existing Board. Mr Robson will stand 
for election at the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting and will then assume 
the role of Chairman of the Audit and 
Management Engagement Committee.

Further information on Mr Robson 
and all of the Directors can be found 
in their biographies on pages 35 to 
37. Information on the recruitment 
and selection process undertaken and 
details of the Board’s policy on director 
tenure and succession planning can 
be found in the Directors’ Report on 
page 57. 

After many years of excellent service 
to the Company, Michael Merton is 
standing down from the Board at this 
AGM. Michael joined the Board in July 
2010 and has acted as the Chairman 
of the Audit and Management 
Engagement Committee since March 
2014. On behalf of all shareholders, 
and my fellow Directors, I would like to 
thank Michael for all his hard work and 
wise counsel over the years. Following 
Mr Merton’s retirement, Mr Robson will 
take over the role of Chairman of the 
Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee.

Changes to Articles of 
Association
The Board is proposing to make 
amendments to the Articles to enable 
the Company to hold general meetings 
partially by electronic means and to 
give additional powers in respect of 
postponing or adjourning meetings 
in appropriate circumstances. The 
amendments are being sought to 
introduce flexibility to respond to 
challenges such as those posed by 
government restrictions on social 
interactions as a result of the COVID-19 
pandemic, which have made it 
impossible at times for shareholders to 
attend physical general meetings. 

The principal changes proposed to be 
introduced in the Articles, and their 
effect, are set out in more detail in the 
Directors’ report on pages 60 to 61.

Annual general meeting 
arrangements
The AGM will be held at 10:00 a.m. on 
Tuesday, 16 March 2021 at the offices 
of BlackRock at 12 Throgmorton 
Avenue, London EC2N 2DL. At the time 
of writing, various guidances have been 
issued by the UK, Scottish and Welsh 

Section 1: Overview and performance 

7

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
governments, respectively, regarding 
measures to reduce the transmission of 
COVID-19 in the UK. These measures 
are, and will continue to be, subject 
to periodic amendment and currently 
impose rules on social distancing and 
limitations on, among other things, 
public gatherings.

Accordingly, in view of this guidance, 
the Board is changing the format 
of the AGM this year to follow the 
minimum legal requirements for an 
AGM. Only the formal business set 
out in the Notice will be considered, 
with no live presentation by the 
Investment Manager. A presentation 
from the Investment Manager will 
be made available on the Company’s 
website following the conclusion of 
the AGM. In line with this guidance, 
shareholders are strongly discouraged 
from attending the meeting and indeed 
entry will be refused if current UK 
Government guidance is unchanged. 
As shareholders will not be able to 
attend the Annual General Meeting, 
the Board strongly encourages all 
shareholders to exercise their votes by 
completing and returning their proxy 
forms in accordance with the notes to 
the Notice of Meeting on pages 140 
to 141. If there are any changes to the 
arrangements for the Annual General 
Meeting as a result of changes to 
government guidance, the Company 
will update shareholders through the 
Company’s website and, if appropriate, 
through an announcement on the 
London Stock Exchange. The Board 
of course welcomes questions from 
shareholders and, given the format 
and prevailing circumstances, 
shareholders are asked to submit any 
questions they may have to the Board 
in advance of the AGM. The Board or 
the Investment Manager will respond 
to all questions received. Shareholders 
may submit questions to the Board 
before 12 March 2021 by email at: 
cosec@blackrock.com. The Board 
would like to thank shareholders for 
their understanding and co-operation 
at this difficult time and look forward 
to meeting you at some safer stage in 
future. 

The Board is aware that many 
shareholders look forward to hearing 
the views of the Investment Managers 
and may have questions for the 
Investment Managers and the Board. 
Accordingly, the Annual General 
Meeting will be immediately followed 
by a webinar, to include a presentation 
from the portfolio managers, followed 
by a live question and answer session. 
Shareholders are invited to join the 
webinar and address any questions 
they have either by submitting 
questions during the webinar or in 
advance by writing to the Company 
Secretary at the address on page 127 
or by email to: cosec@blackrock.com. 
Details on how to register for this 
event can be found on the Company’s 
website, or obtained by writing to the 
Company Secretary.

Market outlook and portfolio 
positioning
Recent signs of economic recovery 
in many of the world’s major 
nations have boosted oil and mined 
commodity prices and in turn share 
prices in these sectors. In the mining 
sector in particular, free cash flow 
yields are high and companies 
are delivering strong returns. As 
economic activity normalises with 
the rolling out of COVID-19 vaccines 
and as governments, companies and 
consumers strive to decarbonise 
economic activity over the coming 
years, mining companies will play 
an important role in providing the 
materials required to enable the growth 
of the lower carbon economy and our 
portfolio managers are positive about 
the prospects for the mining sector 
for 2021. The shift to a lower carbon 
economy and the amount of capital that 
is being committed to its development  
also presents a significant investment 
opportunity, although it will be critical 
to be highly selective in choosing 
the industries and companies that 
form part of the energy transition 
portion of the portfolio. The Board is 
confident that the Company is currently 
well placed to benefit from this key 
investment trend.

Ed Warner
4 February 2021

8  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 660010  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Investment 
manager’s 
report

Tom Holl

Mark Hume

Market Overview
The word ‘unprecedented’ is often overused for dramatic effect but its frequency 
of use in 2020 has been unsurprising and usually justifiable. As we discussed in 
the Interim Report, the COVID-19 induced demand collapse across the commodity 
space as well as significant operational and supply disruption caused market 
volatility last seen in the global financial crisis of 2008. The second half of the 
year has been no less challenging for many people across different regions and 
businesses have seen wildly varying fortunes, but the mining sector and broad 
energy space (including companies focused on energy transition) have had a 
strong end to 2020. Risk assets more broadly have continued to benefit from an 
environment of ultra-low nominal interest rates and supportive monetary and 
fiscal stimulus from central banks and governments respectively. 

At the mid-point of the year we noted the strength of China’s economic recovery 
and this has continued with great momentum through the second half of the year. 
Significant credit growth supported a strong rebound in fixed asset investment 
across the three major areas of manufacturing, real estate and infrastructure, and 
we expect this impulse to continue to support strong commodity demand going into 
2021. As we look to 2021 in China, a key event will be the launch of the 14th Five Year 
Plan in March 2021. There has already been some insight into the notable features 
with the proposals being approved at the Fifth Plenum in October 2020 – we were 
particularly excited by some of the sustainability aspects such as peak carbon by 
2030, as well as the goal of continued economic growth with the aim of per capita 
Gross Domestic Product (GDP) to match that of moderately developed nations by 
2035. These ambitions not only support commodity demand but will change the 
composition of that demand – something we have written about previously and a 

Chinese President Xi Jinping recently announced that China will increase its installed 
wind and solar capacity to at least 1,200GW by 2030 from a current capacity of over 
450GW. Taken together this should pave the way for strong growth in renewable energy 
demand as well as other areas of decarbonisation. The image is of an aerial hillside solar 
photovoltaic power station in Baoding, Hebei, China.

Section 1: Overview and performance  11

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
One of the key features of the year has been the acceleration 
of government commitments to transition economic activity 
to be less carbon intensive.

key driver behind the evolution of the 
Company to substantially increase 
its exposure to companies driving the 
energy transition.

One of the key features of the year has 
been the acceleration of government 
commitments to transition economic 
activity to be less carbon intensive. In 
previous times of economic and market 

turmoil, matters of sustainability have 
often been deprioritised but it has 
been great to see in 2020 that many 
sustainability trends have continued 
to advance. There have been a 
succession of announcements from 
governments across the world on new 
carbon reduction targets, continued 
rapid technology development in 
renewable power and electric vehicles, 

and significant increase in investment 
demand across various aspects of the 
transition to a lower carbon economy. 
We have continued to evolve the 
Company to take advantage of the 
array of investment opportunities we 
see as a result of the transition and 
this exciting move is detailed in the 
sections that follow. 

Commodity

Base Metals (US$/tonne)

Aluminium

Copper

Lead

Nickel

Tin

Zinc

Precious Metals (US$/oz)

Gold

Silver

Platinum

Palladium

Energy

Oil (WTI) (US$/Bbl)

Oil (Brent) (US$/Bbl)

Natural Gas (US$/MMBTU)

Uranium (US$/lb)

Bulk Commodities (US$/tonne)

Iron ore

Coking coal

Thermal coal

Equity Indices

EMIX Global Mining Index (US$)

EMIX Global Mining Index (£)

MSCI World Energy Index (US$)

MSCI World Energy Index (£)

30 November 
2020

30 November 
2019

% change

2020 on 2019
Average Price % 
Change1 

2,036 

7,569 

2,062 

15,985 

18,642 

2,776 

1,792 

5,843 

1,923 

13,618 

16,504 

2,300 

1,774.4 

1,461.5 

22.6 

979.0 

17.0 

894.0 

2,400.0 

1,832.0 

45.3 

47.6 

2.9 

29.5 

130.5 

435.0 

63.9 

964.4 

728.5 

211.4 

158.3

55.2 

62.4 

2.3 

26.0 

87.0 

260.0 

69.4 

787.9

609.2

303.6

234.7

13.6

29.5

7.2

17.4

13.0

20.7

21.4

32.9

9.5

31.0

-17.9

-23.7 

26.1 

13.5

50.0

67.3

-7.9

22.4

19.6

-30.4

-32.6 

-6.8

0.5

-9.3

-0.9

-10.1

-13.7

26.5

24.0

2.6

45.1

-27.4

-29.8

-21.4 

11.2

12.0

51.0

-26.8

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Source: Datastream  
1  Average of 30/11/18-30/11/19 to average of 30/11/19-30/11/20

12  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600  
  
  
 
Governments across the world are announcing  new carbon reduction targets, with a significant increase in investment to drive the 
transition to a lower carbon economy.

LONDON POWER TUNNELS PHOTO COURTESY OF NATIONAL GRID.

Portfolio Activity & 
Investment Performance
The second half of 2020 saw a step-
change in the pace of the evolution of 
the portfolio. By July we had moved 
around 30% of the NAV into companies 
across the energy transition spectrum. 
Insight into the companies added to 
the portfolio is given in the relevant 
section below but the exposure was 
not confined to just solar and wind 
companies. We initiated positions 
in a select number of utilities who 
are driving their business forward 
with significant expansion of their 
renewables generation capacity. 
We also invested in a number of 
semiconductor companies whose 
products are vital enablers of key 
components in electric vehicles, as well 
as having many other applications in 
the energy transition. 

As can be seen in the charts on the 
following page, the investments in 
energy transition companies were 
funded by selling positions in the 
mining and conventional energy 
sectors. We did not do this on a “pro 
rata” basis but exited some lower 
conviction positions entirely in order to 
maintain a focused portfolio of stocks. 
Also we reduced our conventional 
energy exposure by a greater amount 
than we did our mining exposure 
– the rapid recovery in the Chinese 
economy we viewed as being more 
supportive for mining commodities 
and their producers than for the oil 

and gas companies, where demand 
is less China-centric. Although some 
of the energy companies were at the 
time cheaper on a variety of valuation 
metrics, we wanted to be more 
forward-looking and anticipate mined 
commodity outperformance. Secondly 
we wanted to take into consideration 
that many mining companies had 
an increasing ESG narrative both 
around the use of their products in the 
decarbonisation of economic activity 
and their approach to managing 
climate risk on a company level basis. 

The conventional energy sector 
underperformed the mining and 
energy transition sectors materially 
from June through to November, which 
was a benefit to the portfolio given our 
positioning. However, when the first 
vaccine announcements were made 
in early November, we took the view 
that this removed the most bearish 
scenario for the oil price and energy 
companies in 2021. Given the share 
price falls of many energy companies, 
we took our weighting in conventional 
energy companies from below 20% to 
around 30%. This was funded through 
a combination of profit taking in some 
sustainable energy companies that had 
performed exceptionally well in the run 
up to the US election, the reduction in 
the gold company positions and the 
use of gearing. This swift and decisive 
move allowed the portfolio to capture 
a large part of the strong rally that 
followed in the energy equities.

The Company delivered a NAV total 
return of 26.5% over the six month 
period to end November 2020, and 
13.9% for the Company’s financial year 
ended 30 November 2020.

Income 
2020 was a challenging year for 
dividends in the market as a whole and 
whilst some parts of the portfolio – the 
conventional energy sector – also had 
to make some tough decisions, other 
parts of the portfolio fared rather better. 
The mining sector largely abandoned 
progressive dividend policies a few 
years ago, which pretty much marked 
the bottom of the last cycle. Since then 
they have moved to a pay out ratio 
approach but the cashflows generated 
with recent iron ore prices etc. have 
enabled them to maintain, and in some 
cases increase, strong dividends and 
return cash via buybacks. 

Another positive in 2020 was the 
improving attitude of gold mining 
companies towards dividends. Whilst 
they are never likely to be a core 
holding for a generalist income fund, 
the substantial dividend increases of 
portfolio holdings such as Newmont 
not only bolstered the portfolio’s 
income but were a strong signal of 
capital discipline by these companies 
to the market. 

Section 1: Overview and performance  13

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Portfolio asset allocation¹
100

90

80

70

60

%

50

40

30

20

10

Gearing²

4.0

2.0

0.0

-2.0

-4.0

%

-6.0

-8.0

-10.0

-12.0

-14.0

0

N ov-1 9

D ec-1 9

Ja n-2 0

Feb-2 0

M ar-2 0

A pr-2 0

M ay-2 0

Ju n-2 0

Jul-2 0

A u g-2 0

S ep-2 0

O ct-2 0

N ov-2 0

-16.0

N ov-1 9

D ec-1 9

Ja n-2 0

Feb-2 0

M ar-2 0

A pr-2 0

M ay-2 0

Ju n-2 0

Jul-2 0

A u g-2 0

S ep-2 0

O ct-2 0

N ov-2 0

Mining

Energy    

Energy Transition

Net cash/(gearing)

¹  Portfolio positioning is expressed as a percentage of gross assets (as defined in the Glossary on page 132).
²  Gearing as a percentage of net assets.

Portfolio positioning¹

Portfolio on
30 November 2019

Portfolio on
30 September 2020

Energy Transition

Energy

17.8%

Energy

48.8%

31.4%

51.2%

Mining

50.8%

Mining

Portfolio on 30 November 2020

Energy Transition

23.8%

31.0%

Energy

45.2%

Mining

Source: BlackRock, November 2020.

¹  Portfolio positioning is expressed as a percentage of total investments. 
  The level of gearing is therefore not shown as a separate item. During the year ended 30 November 2020, gearing ranged 
  between net cash of 3.0% to a net gearing of 14.7% of net assets and averaged 5.2% of net assets during the year.

14  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Expectations for dividends

l
e
v
e
L
x
e
d
n

I
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D
1
2
0
2
0
0
1
E
S
T
F

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Nov-19

Jan-20

Mar-20

May-20

Jul-20

Sep-20

Nov-20

Source: Bloomberg.

The chart above helps give context to the 
scale of the dividend challenges faced by 
the broader equity market. It shows the 
expectations for the dividend payments 
for the FTSE 100 in 2021 – whilst it is 
encouraging to see that expectations for 
next year have recovered from their Q2 
lows, they have still fallen by roughly one 
third compared to what they were at the 
start of the year. 

FTSE100 (lhs)

The underlying dividend income for the 
portfolio has shown greater resilience 
than the dividends for the equity 
market as a whole and the outlook for 
2021 looks strong given the commodity 
prices and margins being generated, 
especially in the mining sector.

Rider 3 - Page 13 – bottom of page chart 

It is important to recognise one of 
the impacts of evolving the portfolio 

to include a substantial allocation to 
energy transition companies. Whilst we 
own some renewables focused utilities 
that pay an acceptable yield, the shift 
to greater exposure to energy transition 
companies is designed to inject a 
greater element of growth into the 
portfolio. The trade off for this is that 
the companies are reinvesting a greater 
proportion of their cashflow into 

6.0%

5.0%

4.0%

3.0%

2.0%

1.0%

Dec-17

Feb-18

Apr-18

Jun-18

Aug-18

Oct-18

Dec-18

Feb-19

Apr-19

Jun-19

Aug-19

Oct-19

Dec-19

Feb-20

Apr-20

Jun-20

Aug-20

Oct-20

Dec-20

Mining sector dividend yield

Global equity markets dividend yield

Source: DataStream, 3 December 2020. Mining sector represented by the World DS General Mining Index. Global equity markets represented by the 
World DS Market Index. Yield data is historic and not indicative of future yield trends.

Rider 4 - Page 14 – charts to be inserted under Energy - Markets 

Section 1: Overview and performance  15

FFiigguurree  11::  GGlloobbaall  OOiill  DDeemmaanndd,,  22001199--22002211ee  

FFiigguurree  22::  BBrreenntt  CCrruuddee  PPrriiccee  aanndd  SSttrruuccttuurree  

Source: IEA Oil Market Report [left chart]; Bloomberg [right chart] 

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rider 3 - Page 13 – bottom of page chart 

6.0%

5.0%

4.0%

3.0%

2.0%

growing their business (as opposed to 
distributing it to shareholders) so the 
dividends from these companies are, in 
general, lower than in the mining and 
conventional energy sectors.

The flexibility to pay dividends from 
reserves resulted in the level of option 
writing over the portfolio being lower 
during the year and just over 25% of 
our income was generated through 
the selling of calls and puts. Notable 
in our option activity was selling 
puts on a selection of conventional 
energy companies in October and in 
September, selling calls on some gold 
positions that were lacking in short 
term positive catalysts. 

Energy
The onset of major lockdowns in 
March 2020, in an effort to contain 
the COVID-19 pandemic, saw global 
demand for oil products experience 
its worst contraction since the 
Second World War. The International 
Energy Agency (IEA) estimates that 
consumption fell by almost 9 million 
barrels per day year on year and by a 
staggering 16 million barrels per day 
in the second quarter 2020 (Figure 1). 
The sharp, and unexpected, collapse 
in demand was met with a surprising 
month-on-month increase in OPEC 
output of more than 2 million barrels 
per day in April 2020. Not surprisingly, 
Brent oil prices plummeted over 70%, 
bottoming out at $17/barrel later in the 
month (Figure 2). The dramatic fall in 
oil prices spurred a historic agreement 
from OPEC and several other countries 
to cut output by almost 14 million 
barrels per day - the lowest level in 
Rider 4 - Page 14 – charts to be inserted under Energy - Markets 

It should also be noted that we had 
a one-off gain on the tax line where 
a refund of tax resulted in a positive 
contribution from this line item, which 
is of course usually a material negative 
expense. 

Mining sector dividend yield

Aug-19

Aug-18

Feb-19

Feb-18

Jun-19

Jun-18

Dec-19

Dec-17

Dec-18

Apr-19

Apr-18

Oct-19

Oct-18

1.0%

nearly a decade. At the time of writing, 
Brent oil prices have now recovered 
to $50/barrel. The structure of crude 
prices (the price today versus the price 
for delivery in 6 months) is a good 
barometer of physical market tightness. 
Brent crude structure recently moved 
into backwardation (positive), pointing 
to a significant improvement in supply/
demand fundamentals.

Feb-20

Oct-20

Apr-20

Dec-20

Jun-20

Aug-20

From an equity standpoint, the 
severe turbulence in commodity 
prices translated into sharp 
underperformance for energy stocks, 
with the MSCI ACWI Energy Index 
falling almost 60%, to its lowest 
level in over two decades (Figure 3). 
Despite the precipitous fall in energy 
equities, swift action to rebalance the 
market has seen the sector keep pace 
with the recovery in broader world 
markets since the March 2020 lows, 
albeit still some way off the recovery 
seen in oil prices over the same period 

Source:  DataStream, 3rd of December 2020. Mining sector represented by the World DS General Mining Index. Global 
equity markets represented by the World DS Market Index. 

Global equity markets dividend yield

FFiigguurree  11::  GGlloobbaall  OOiill  DDeemmaanndd,,  22001199--22002211ee  

FFiigguurree  22::  BBrreenntt  CCrruuddee  PPrriiccee  aanndd  SSttrruuccttuurree  

Source: IEA Oil Market Report [left chart]; Bloomberg [right chart].

Source: IEA Oil Market Report [left chart]; Bloomberg [right chart] 

16  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A positive in 2020 was the improving attitude of gold companies towards dividends. The substantial dividend increases of portfolio 
holdings such as Newmont Mining not only bolstered the portfolio’s income but were a strong signal of capital discipline. 
KILGOORLIE, AUSTRALIA GOLD PHOTO COURTESY OF NEWMONT MINING.

(Figure 4). On a relative basis, we 
maintained a strong skew away from 
the traditional energy names and 
towards mining and energy transition 
stocks through much of the year. 
Within the energy sector, it was the 
larger-cap stocks that fared better with 
most starting the year with far stronger 
balance sheets and more diversified 
cash flows. European large-cap oil 
companies were down 21% through 
30 November 2020 as compared to 
the global index which was down 31% 

and US energy stocks down 36%. This 
helped relative performance within 
the energy holdings in the Company 
given a preference for the European 
names. Importantly, following the 
announcement of positive news around 
a COVID-19 vaccine in early November 
2020, we took the opportunity to 
significantly increase the Company’s 
exposure towards traditional energy 
names allowing the Company to 
capture much of the equity price 
improvement through the month. 

As we look into 2021 and beyond, we 
believe that the outlook for traditional 
energy equities is increasingly positive. 
This partly reflects a somewhat 
contrarian view around supply. Much of 
the narrative throughout the COVID-19 
pandemic has focused on demand 
for hydrocarbons and its impending 
peak. We have little doubt that the shift 
of capital towards decarbonisation is 
very likely to outpace many forecasts, 
eroding the demand for traditional 
hydrocarbons. Yet, such has been the 

Figure 3: Equity performance, 2018-ytd 

Figure 4: Equity performance, Feb-20-ytd 

Source: Bloomberg [both charts]. Energy represented by the MSCI ACWI Energy Index.

Section 1: Overview and performance  17

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
 
 
 
financial shock across the industry, 
capital is now (finally) being rationed 
at a pace that will very likely see a 
dramatic level of underinvestment 
in a supply base that is witnessing 
steep declines. We believe that the 
energy equities are exhibiting much of 
the capital discipline enacted by the 
mining sector back in 2015. This will 
lead to better capital allocation and 
increasing returns to shareholders 
– we are entering the “Era of the 
Shareholder” for energy equities. 

the major world economies. The 
recent confirmation of a Democratic 
victory in the United States ought to 
lend credibility to President Biden’s 
electoral commitments for a $2 trillion 
investment in clean energy in an 
effort to catapult the nation towards 
carbon-free electricity by 2035. Closer 
to home, the EU has firmed up plans to 
hit Net Zero by 2050 with the aid of a 
€7 trillion investment plan, almost half 
of which could be allocated towards the 
Utilities sector.

Energy Transition
Climate change and decarbonisation 
have been front and centre for 
corporates, governments and society as 
a whole. In many ways, the COVID-19 
pandemic has helped galvanise 
global leaders towards ‘building back 
better’. This is now translating into 
very firm policy commitments across 

Perhaps one of the most intriguing 
outcomes of such a tumultuous year 
has been the resilience of renewables 
– particularly in the electricity sector. 
Based on IEA data, global electricity 
demand is expected to contract by 
more than 2% in 2020 compared to 
the prior year. In contrast, renewables-
based generation increased by 

almost 7% (Figure 5). Cash flows 
from renewables-based electricity 
also remained resilient, benefiting 
from policy-driven, fixed-price long-
term contracts. This underlines the 
importance of government support for 
continued renewables build-out – both 
a risk and a reward.

We expect another strong year for 
climate change policy with the US 
highly likely to re-enter the Paris 
Climate Agreement paving the way 
for President Biden’s $2 trillion plans. 
Further afield, Chinese President Xi 
Jinping announced in September 2020 
that China will strengthen its 2030 
climate target to hit peak emissions by 
2030 and achieve carbon neutrality 
by 2060. The President also recently 
announced that China will increase its 
installed wind and solar capacity to at 
least 1,200GW by 2030. This compares 

Figure 5: Electricity, Heat and Transport Demand 

Source: IEA, Renewables-based output and total demand change in the electricity, heat and transport sectors, 2019-2020, 
Source: IEA, Renewables-based output and total demand change in the electricity, heat and transport sectors, 2019-2020, IEA, Paris https://www.iea.org/data-and-
IEA, Paris https://www.iea.org/data-and-statistics/charts/renewables-based-output-and-total-demand-change-in-the-
statistics/charts/renewables-based-output-and-total-demand-change-in-the-electricity-heat-and-transport-sectors-2019-2020
electricity-heat-and-transport-sectors-2019-2020 

to a current capacity of over 450GW. 
Taken together this should pave the 
way for strong growth in renewable 
energy demand as well as other areas 
of decarbonisation such as energy 
efficiency and transportation. The 
Company is well positioned to take 
advantage of improved global policy 
certainty.

Mining
The first half of the year saw exceptional 
volatility in the mining sector but 
despite the large drawdown in March, 
the sector closed the first half of the 
year slightly in the black – though this 
was driven by the strength in precious 
metals prices rather than industrial 
commodities. The positive momentum 
from the bounce off the March lows 
continued strongly through the second 

half of the year with industrial metals 
taking market leadership from the 
precious metals as resurgent economic 
activity drove better than expected 
demand and supply continued to fall 
short of expectations. 

The chart below (Figure 6) shows 
one of the key positive drivers for 
metals demand during the year – the 
significant easing of credit conditions 

18  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
 
 
 
 
Figure 6: Chinese credit growth (RMB bn & 6MMA Y/Y%)

Source: Bloomberg.

in China, with notable increases in 
local government debt issuance. This 
is typically used to fund infrastructure 
and other commodity intensive activity, 
and this was reflected in strong growth 
in steel demand / production in China 
during the year with over 5% growth 
year on year.

Demand is only one side of the 
commodity price equation – supply is 
equally important. The chart overleaf 
shows some of the supply challenges 
that occurred during 2020. Some of 
these have been directly related to 
COVID-19 lockdowns and disruptions; 
for example, Peru (a major copper 
producer) shutdown many mines in 
the second quarter, as did a number of 
other key copper producing countries. 
Elsewhere though it was not just 
COVID-19 that caused supply to fall 
short of expectations – in platinum, 
Anglo Platinum has several issues at its 
refineries causing cuts to production 
and in zinc there was a pit wall failure 
at a major mine in Namibia. 

The revenue of some major listed 
mining companies, such as Rio Tinto 
and Vale, is dominated by iron ore. As 
shown in the chart overleaf, iron ore 
supply also fell short of expectations, 
primarily as Vale struggled to hit its 
targets with frequent operational 

disruptions from tailings dam safety 
checks. With steel production (and 
therefore iron ore demand) being 
strong in China, iron ore markets were 
very tight and prices rose 50% during 
the year. Following the Company’s 
year end of November, prices have 
continued to surge higher and 
producers are now earning record 
margins and generating record 
cashflow from these businesses, which 
should underpin strong shareholder 
returns going into the new year. 

We would expect that supply 
challenges will continue in 2021 and 
help maintain the tight balance in 
many metals markets, which supports 
prices at elevated levels. Although 
direct COVID-19 operational disruption 
will hopefully ease through 2021, many 
mines reduced maintenance this year 
as they tried to reduce the number of 
people at site and supply chains were 
disrupted. This increases the need for 
maintenance downtime next year and 
also increases the risk of breakdowns 
etc. in equipment that has received 
less preventive maintenance than it 
should. Therefore we think that supply 
in many metals will again be lower than 
consensus expectations in 2021 and 
prices have risk skewed asymmetrically 
to the upside. 

One of the Company’s largest 
commodity exposures is copper – a 
metal that is key to the transition to a 
lower carbon economy. Copper demand 
over the next decade will be strongly 
supported by the electrification of 
cars; it is estimated that an EV has 
approximately four times the copper 
content per vehicle when compared 
to an internal combustion engine 
car. Currently copper miners (and 
companies that produce other metals 
that are indispensable in the energy 
transition) trade in the equity market at 
a substantially lower valuation multiple 
than companies such as wind turbine 
manufacturers or renewable energy 
utilities. Mining companies that are 
able to operate with respect for their 
host communities and articulate a 
credible climate strategy will be set 
to appeal to investors in the next few 
years in a way they perhaps haven’t in 
the past. 

Market Outlook & Portfolio 
Positioning 
After such an eventful and often 
unpredictable year, making forecasts 
for the whole year ahead is somewhat 
daunting. However, the experiences of 
this year have reinforced for us some 
key trends that we think will drive our 
markets and the portfolio in the future. 

Section 1: Overview and performance  19

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
 
Chart showing 2020 mined production estimates (current vs. start of year)

-2.3%

-3.1%

-3.9%

-4.3%

-4.9%

t
n
e
c
r
e
P

0

-6

-12

-18

-8.9%

-14.5%

-17.0%

Nickel

Alumina

Aluminium

Copper

Iron ore

Zinc

Palladium

Platinum

Source: WoodMac, Norilsk, Barclays Research.

MSCI ESG Ratings for Portfolio Holdings

35%

30%

25%

20%

15%

10%

5%

0%

AAA

AA

A

BBB

BB

B

CCC

None

Nov-19

Nov-20

First is that the drive by Governments, 
companies and consumers to 
decarbonise economic activity is 
a firmly established trend that is 
only going to accelerate from here. 
The amount of capital that is being 
committed to the industries associated 
with this is greater than we forecast 
even a year ago and driving growth 
rates that have remained elevated 
despite all of the COVID-19 challenges. 

Whenever an area experiences such 
a wave of capital, there will almost 
certainly be capital misallocated 
and subsequent returns prove 
disappointing – many will recall 
such examples from the commodity 
supercycle of the 2000s. This is why it 
is critical for us to remain selective in 
terms of the industries and companies 
we choose to have exposure to in the 
energy transition part of the portfolio. 

The flip side of this paradigm shift 
in the availability and cost of capital 
for the energy transition is the 
conventional energy sector has seen 
capital withdrawn at an unprecedented 
rate. As we look to 2021 and beyond, 
it is likely that the decline in oil supply 
will be faster than the destruction 
of demand. This could lead to oil 
prices being higher than consensus 
expectations and was one of the 

20  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600key factors in having just under a 
third of the portfolio in conventional 
energy companies at the start of 
2021. Whilst we see the long-term 
structural growth drivers in the energy 
transition companies, our flexible 
approach allows us to take advantage 
of opportunities in the conventional 
energy sector. We will continue to 
engage with company boards and 
management on all aspects of ESG as 
we believe the different approaches 
by various companies is going to 
be a key determinant in the relative 
shareholder returns in the coming 
years. Details of the ESG ratings of 
the Company’s portfolio holdings 
are set out in the chart on page 20. 
The MSCI ESG adjusted score for the 
portfolio as at 30 November 2020 was 
5.7 out of a maximum score of 10, 
showing the evolution of the portfolio 
over the last year; this compares to 
an average portfolio rating of 5.4 at 
30 November 2019.

The largest sector allocation as we 
transition into a new year is in mining. 
The free cash flow yields are the most 
attractive in our investable universe 
and the management teams continue 
to deliver strong returns back to 
shareholders and are abiding by their 
stringent capital allocation frameworks. 
As we have discussed previously, the 
global economy cannot continue to 
grow and decarbonise without new 
materials being mined every year. 
This makes mining companies critical 
enablers of the lower carbon economy – 
a factor that is being underestimated in 
terms of potential commodity demand 
growth rates and the perception of 
many that mining companies have an 
ESG problem. As the communication 
and disclosure by mining companies 
on ESG issues improves and both the 
positive impact of their community 
work and benefits of their end products 
are better captured in data, there is the 
possibility that mining companies end 
years of valuation de-rating. 

Tom Holl and Mark Hume
BlackRock Investment Management 
(UK) Limited
4 February 2021

Section 1: Overview and performance  21

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
22  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Portfolio

Vestas is one of the portfolio’s largest transition energy holdings. The company 
has installed wind turbines in 82 countries, including these high-wind turbines in 
Macarthur, New South Wales, Australia.

PHOTO COURTESY OF VESTAS WIND SYSTEMS A/S

Section 2: Portfolio  23

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Distribution of investments 

as at 30 November 2020

Asset allocation – Geography

Global 58.5%

United States 11.7%

Latin America 9.9%

Canada 7.4%

Australia 4.2%

Germany 2.2%

South Africa 1.9%

Norway 1.3%

France 0.9%

Ireland 0.8%

United Kingdom 0.7%

Brazil 0.3%

Africa 0.2%

Asset allocation – Commodity

Energy Transition (23.8%)

Electrification 10.8%

Energy Efficiency 7.3%

Renewables 3.9%

Transport 1.1%

Storage 0.7%

Mining 45.2%

Energy 31.0%

Energy Transition 23.8%

Energy (31.0%)

Mining (45.2%)

Integrated 19.1%

E&P 10.0%

Distribution 1.4%

Oil Services 0.5%

Refining & Marketing 0.0%

Diversified 21.3%

Copper 9.6%

Industrial Minerals 4.6%

Gold 3.3%

Iron 1.6%

Diamonds 1.6%

Platinum 1.2%

Steel 1.1%

Nickel 0.9%

24  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 66001

3

6

9

2

5

8

4

7

10

Job No: 43774

Customer: BlackRock

Proof Event: 18

Project Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020

Black Line Level: 2

Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LA

T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600

Section 2: Portfolio  25

 
Ten largest 
investments

1

 BHP (2019: 1st)

Diversified mining company

Market value: £6,135,000
Share of investments: 6.3% (2019: 7.8%)

The world’s largest diversified mining group by market 
capitalisation. The group is an important global player in a 
number of commodities including iron ore, copper, thermal and 
metallurgical coal, manganese, nickel, silver and diamonds. 
The group also has significant interests in oil, gas and liquefied 
natural gas.

(MSCI ESG Rating: BBB)

2

 Vale (2019: 12th)
Diversified mining company

Market value: £5,797,000
Share of investments: 6.0%1 (2019: 3.0%)

One of the largest mining groups in the world, with operations in 
30 countries. Vale is the world’s largest producer of iron ore and 
iron ore pellets, and the world’s largest producer of nickel. The 
group also produces manganese ore, ferroalloys, metallurgical 
and thermal coal, copper, platinum group metals, gold, silver and 
cobalt.

(MSCI ESG Rating: CCC)

3

 Rio Tinto (2019: 10th)
Diversified mining company

Market value: £5,451,000
Share of investments: 5.6% (2019: 3.5%)

One of the world’s leading mining groups. The group’s primary 
product is iron ore, but it also produces aluminium, copper, 
diamonds, gold, industrial minerals and energy products.

(MSCI ESG Rating: A)

26  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 66004

 Chevron (2019: 6th)

Integrated oil company

Market value: £5,098,000
Share of investments: 5.2% (2019: 4.7%)

An integrated oil and gas producer engaged in all aspects of 
the industry. The group has both upstream and downstream 
operations, as well as alternative energy including solar, wind 
and biofuels.

(MSCI ESG Rating: BBB)

8

 First Quantum Minerals (2019: 2nd)

Copper producer

Market value: £3,055,000
Share of investments: 3.1%2 (2019: 7.4%)

An established growing copper mining group operating 7 mines 
including the ramp up of their newest mine, Cobre Panama, 
which declared commercial production in September 2019. The 
company is a significant copper producer and also produces 
nickel, gold and zinc.

(MSCI ESG Rating: BB)

5

 Petrobras (2019: n/a)

Integrated oil company

Market value: £3,811,000
Share of investments: 3.9% (2019: n/a)

9

 Exxon Mobil (2019: 7th)

Integrated oil company

Market value: £2,881,000
Share of investments: 3.0% (2019: 4.2%)

Brazil’s national integrated oil group engaged in all facets of the 
energy value chain including low carbon sources of energy.

(MSCI ESG Rating: BB)

The group is involved in all phases of the petroleum integration 
chain, in addition to its ownership of interests in electrical power 
generation facilities.

(MSCI ESG Rating: BBB)

6

  Freeport-McMoRan Copper & Gold  
(2019: n/a)

Copper producer

Market value: £3,562,000
Share of investments: 3.7% (2019: n/a)

A global mining group which operates large, long-lived, 
geographically diverse assets with significant proven and 
probable reserves of copper, gold and molybdenum.

(MSCI ESG Rating: BB)

10

 Enel (2019: 20th)

Electrification company

Market value: £2,878,000
Share of investments: 2.9% (2019: 1.9%)

Enel is an electric utility and network operator and a leading 
owner of renewable energy assets. The group operates in more 
than 30 countries, bringing energy to people through the 
adoption of new sustainability-oriented technologies.

(MSCI ESG Rating: AAA)

7

 Anglo American (2019: 29th)

Diversified mining company

Market value: £3,339,000
Share of investments: 3.4% (2019: 1.4%)

A global mining group. The group’s mining portfolio includes 
bulk commodities including iron ore, manganese, and 
metallurgical coal, base metals including copper and nickel and 
precious metals and minerals including platinum and diamonds. 
Anglo American has mining operations globally, with significant 
assets in Africa and South America.

(MSCI ESG Rating: BBB)

1  0.2% relates to fixed interest holdings in Vale.
2  1.6% relates to fixed interest holdings in First Quantum Minerals.

All percentages reflect the value of the holding as a percentage of total 
investments. For this purpose where more than one class of securities is held, 
these have been aggregated.

Together, the ten largest investments represented 43.1% of total investments 
as at 30 November 2020 (ten largest investments as at 30 November 2019: 
50.6%).

MSCI ESG ratings look to identify environmental, social and governance risks 
and opportunities for individual stocks. Companies are rated on a scale from 
AAA to CCC according to their exposure to certain risks and their ability to 
manage them relative to the industry peers. A stock rated as AAA signifies a 
company which is leading in terms of ESG factors relative to its industry.
On the other hand, a stock with a CCC score is considered a laggard, due to 
the presence of one or more ESG risks that MSCI perceives to be material. 
The rating scale is as follows: AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B and CCC. From AAA to 
AA a company is considered to be an ESG leader in its respective industry, A 
to BB is deemed to be an average score, whilst B and CCC represents a below 
average score.

Section 2: Portfolio  27

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Investments

as at 30 November 2020

Mining

Diversified

BHP

Vale

Vale Debentures*

Rio Tinto

Anglo American

Copper

Freeport-McMoRan Copper & Gold

First Quantum Minerals

First Quantum Minerals 6.875% 01/03/26

First Quantum Minerals 7.5% 01/04/25

First Quantum Minerals 7.25% 01/04/23

Lundin Mining

OZ Minerals

Industrial Minerals

CF Industries

Bunge

Albemarle

Trane Technologies

Lynas Corporation

Gold

Newmont Mining

Barrick Gold

Sibanye Stillwater

Wheaton Precious Metals

Diamonds

Mountain Province Diamonds 8% 15/12/22

Petra Diamonds 7.25% 01/05/22

Iron

Fortescue Metals

Platinum

Impala Platinum

Steel

Arcelormittal

Main 
geographic 
exposure

Global

Latin America

Latin America

Global

Global

United States

Global

Global

Global

Global

Global

Australia

United States

Global

Global

United States

Australia

Global

Global

South Africa

Global

Canada

Africa

Australia

South Africa

Global

Market
value 
£’000

6,135 

5,650 

147 

5,451 

3,339 

20,722 

3,562 

1,470 

887 

358 

340 

2,371 

421 

9,409 

1,201 

926 

916 

880 

698 

4,621 

1,174 

977 

644 

347 

3,142 

1,395 

236 

1,631 

1,520 

1,520 

1,138 

1,138 

1,102 

1,102 

% of
investments

6.3 

5.8 

0.2 

5.6 

3.4 

21.3 

3.7 

1.5 

0.9 

0.4 

0.3 

2.4 

0.4 

9.6 

1.2 

0.9 

0.9 

0.9 

0.7 

4.6 

1.2 

1.0 

0.7 

0.4 

3.3 

1.4 

0.2 

1.6 

1.6 

1.6 

1.2 

1.2 

1.1 

1.1 

28  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Nickel

Nickel Mines

Total Mining

Energy

Integrated

Chevron

Petrobras

Exxon Mobil

Suncor Energy

Total

Galp Energia

E&P

ConocoPhillips

Canadian Natural Resources

Pioneer Natural Resources

Hess

Aker Solutions

Santos

Kosmos Energy

EOG Resources Put Option 18/12/2020 $35

Distribution

TC Energy Corporation

Oil Services

Baker Hughes

Refining & Marketing

Main 
geographic 
exposure

Australia

Global

Latin America

Global

Canada

Global

Global

Global

Canada

United States

Global

Norway

Australia

United States

United States

Canada

Global

Darling Ingredients Put Option 18/12/2020 $44

United States

Total Energy

Energy Transition

Electrification

Enel

NextEra Energy

RWE

EDP Renovaveis

Iberdrola

National Grid

Neoenergia

Global

United States

Germany

Global

Global

United Kingdom

Brazil

Market
value 
£’000

832 

832 

44,117 

5,098 

3,811 

2,881 

2,771 

2,629 

1,470 

% of
investments

0.9 

0.9 

45.2 

5.2 

3.9 

3.0 

2.8 

2.7 

1.5 

18,660 

19.1 

2,632 

1,804 

1,616 

1,379 

1,277 

578 

444 

(2)

9,728 

1,331 

1,331 

449 

449 

(9)

(9)

30,159 

2,878 

2,169 

2,102 

1,522 

848 

689 

344 

2.7 

1.8 

1.7 

1.4 

1.3 

0.6 

0.5 

– 

10.0 

1.4 

1.4 

0.5 

0.5 

– 

– 

31.0 

2.9 

2.2 

2.2 

1.6 

0.9 

0.7 

0.3 

10,552 

10.8 

Section 2: Portfolio  29

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Investments

continued

Energy Efficiency

Schneider Electric

ON Semiconductor

Maxim Integrated

Smith (A.O.) Corp

Texas Instruments

Soitec

Kingspan Group

Renewables

Vestas

Sunnova Energy International

First Solar

Transport

Volkswagen

Storage

Umicore

Total Energy Transition

Total Portfolio

Comprising:

Equity and debt investments

Derivative financial instruments – written options

Main 
geographic 
exposure

Global

Global

Global

United States

Global

France

Ireland

Global

United States

Global

Global

Global

Market
value 
£’000

1,788 

993 

935 

889 

867 

856 

802 

7,130 

2,838 

560 

439 

3,837 

1,046 

1,046 

728 

728 

23,293 

97,569 

97,580 

(11)

97,569 

% of
investments

1.8 

1.0 

1.0 

0.9 

0.9 

0.9 

0.8 

7.3 

2.9 

0.6 

0.4 

3.9 

1.1 

1.1 

0.7 

0.7 

23.8 

100.0 

100.0 

– 

100.0 

*  The investment in the Vale debenture is illiquid and has been valued using secondary market pricing information provided 

by the Brazilian Financial and Capital Markets Association (ANBIMA).

All investments are ordinary shares unless otherwise stated. The total number of holdings (including options) at 30 November 
2020 was 63 (30 November 2019: 49). 

The total number of open options as at 30 November 2020 was 2 (30 November 2019: 2). 

The negative valuations of £11,000 (30 November 2019: £30,000) in respect of options held represent the notional cost of 
repurchasing the contracts at market prices as at 30 November 2020.

The equity and fixed income investment total of £97,580,000 (2019: £98,554,000) above before the deduction of the negative 
option valuations of £11,000 (2019: £30,000) represents the Group’s total investments held at fair value as reflected in the 
Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of Financial Position on page 93. The table above excludes cash and gearing; 
the level of the Group’s gearing may be determined with reference to the bank overdraft of £5,745,000 and cash and cash 
equivalents of £8,000 that are also disclosed in the Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of Financial Position. 
Details of the AIC methodology for calculating gearing are given in the Glossary on page 132.

As at 30 November 2020, the Company did not hold any equity interests comprising more than 3% of any company’s share 
capital.

30  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
32  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Governance

Schneider Electric was the largest of the portfolio’s energy efficiency holdings at 
the end of the period under review. With operations in more than 100 countries, the 
company provides sustainable energy and automation solutions, including those aimed 
at creating zero net energy (ZNE) buildings whose total energy usage is entirely offset 
by the amount of renewable energy created on-site.

PHOTO COURTESY OF SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC

Section 3: Governance  33

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Governance structure

Responsibility for good governance lies with the Board. The governance 
framework of the Company reflects that as an investment company the 
Company has no employees, the Directors are all non-executive and the 
investment management and administration functions are outsourced 
to the Manager and other external service providers.

Five non-executive Directors (NEDs), all independent of the Investment 
Manager.

Chairman: Ed Warner (since March 2015)

Objectives:
•     To determine and review the investment policy, guidelines, strategy and 

parameters;

•     To provide leadership within a framework of prudent and effective controls 

which enable risk to be assessed and managed and the Company’s assets to be 
safeguarded;

•     To challenge constructively and scrutinise performance of all outsourced 

activities; and

•  To set the Company’s remuneration policy.

Membership: All independent NEDs excluding the Chairman of the Board1

Chairman: Michael Merton (since March 2014)

The Board
6 scheduled meetings per annum

Audit and management 
engagement committee
3 scheduled meetings per annum

Key objectives:
•   To oversee financial reporting and the control environment;
•   To review the performance of the Manager and Investment Manager; and
•   To review the performance of other service providers.

Membership: All independent NEDs

Chairman: Ed Warner (since March 2015)

Nomination committee
2 scheduled meetings per annum

Key objectives:
•   To review regularly the Board’s structure and composition;
•   To be responsible for Board succession planning; and 
•  To make recommendations to the Board for any new appointments.

1 

 The Chairman of the Board is not a member of the Audit and Management Engagement Committee but may attend the Committee meetings by invitation.

34  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 41869

Customer: BlackRock

Proof Event: 5

Black Line Level: 0

Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LA

Project Title: World Mining Annual Rpt 2019

T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600

Directors’ biographies

Michael Merton
Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee Chairman 
Appointed 13 July 2010

is a Chartered Accountant with 
extensive experience in the 
international resources industry, 
having spent the majority of his 
executive career at Rio Tinto, where he 
held senior operational roles around 
the world. Michael is currently a Trustee 
of the Universities Superannuation 
Scheme. He was formerly Chairman of 
the J Sainsbury Pension Scheme and 
its investment committee and a non-
executive director of Cape plc and a 
director and trustee of the HALO Trust. 

Attendance record: 
Board: 6/6 
Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee: 3/3 
Nomination Committee: 2/2

Ed Warner
Chairman 
Appointed 1 July 2013

is chairman of Grant Thornton UK 
LLP’s Partnership Oversight Board, 
LMAX Ltd, Harbour Vest Global Private 
Equity and Air Partner plc. He was 
previously chairman of Panmure 
Gordon & Co plc and of UK Athletics 
and a non-executive director of 
Clarkson plc, BlackRock Emerging 
Europe plc (formerly The Eastern 
European Trust plc) and chairman of 
the Standard Life Private Equity Trust 
plc. He was also formerly the chief 
executive of IFX Group and of Old 
Mutual Financial Services UK, head 
of Pan European Equities at BT Alex 
Brown, and head of Global Research at 
both NatWest Markets and Dresdner 
Kleinwort Benson. 

Attendance record: 
Board: 6/6 
Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee1: n/a 
Nomination Committee: 2/2

1 

 The Chairman of the Board is not a member 
of the Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee but may attend the Committee 
meetings by invitation.

Section 3: Governance  35

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Dr Carol Bell 
Appointed 1 December 2014

Adrian Brown 
Appointed 10 December 2019

is currently a non-executive director 
of Tharisa plc, Bonheur ASA and 
TransGlobe Energy Corporation and 
a Trustee of the National Museum 
Wales. Dr Bell was formerly a managing 
director of Chase Manhattan Bank’s 
Global Oil & Gas Group, head of 
European equity research at JP 
Morgan and an equity research analyst 
in the oil and gas sector at Credit 
Suisse First Boston and UBS. She has 
also previously been a non-executive 
director of Petroleum Geo-Services ASA 
and a director of Salamander Energy 
plc, Hardy Oil & Gas plc, Det norske 
oljeselskap ASA and Caracal Energy 
Inc. (now Glencore E&P (Canada) Inc.). 

Attendance record: 
Board: 6/6 
Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee: 3/3 
Nomination Committee: 1/2

is a senior advisor for MJ Hudson 
Allenbridge. He has a wealth of 
experience in the financial and 
commerce sectors, starting his 
career as an Investment Analyst and 
Corporate Finance Manager at Morgan 
Grenfell & Co and then moving to join 
Pearson plc as a Corporate Resources 
Executive in the 1990’s. In 1992 he 
joined Boots plc, holding a range of 
senior roles before returning to work 
in the financial services sector in 
2006 as a Senior Portfolio Manager 
in the Equity / Multi- Asset Group at 
AllianceBernstein LP and subsequently 
at JPMorgan Asset Management, 
where he was a Managing Director and 
Client Portfolio Manager in the Global / 
International Equity Group from 2011 
until his retirement in 2018. 

Attendance record: 
Board: 6/6 
Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee: 3/3 
Nomination Committee: 2/2

36  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Andrew Robson 
Appointed 8 December 2020

is a qualified chartered accountant 
with over 15 years of corporate finance 
experience, gained at Robert Fleming 
& Co Limited and SG Hambros. He has 
considerable experience as a finance 
director and as chairman of audit 
committees, including for a number 
of investment companies, and has 
a business advisory practice. He is 
currently a non-executive director 
of Baillie Gifford China Growth Trust 
plc. He was also a non-executive 
director of AVI Global Trust plc 
(formerly British Empire Trust plc) 
until 2017, Shires Income plc until 
July 2020 and JPMorgan Smaller 
Companies Investment Trust plc until 
November 2020. Mr Robson has a 
degree in History from Trinity College, 
Cambridge.

Attendance record: 
Board: n/a 
Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee: n/a 
Nomination Committee: n/a

None of the Directors has a service contract with the Company. The terms of their appointment are detailed in a letter sent to 
them when they join the Board. These letters are available for inspection at the registered office of the Company and will be 
available at the Annual General Meeting.

Job No: 43774

Customer: BlackRock

Proof Event: 1

Project Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020

Black Line Level: 0

Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LA

T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600

Section 3: Governance  37

 
Strategic report

The Directors present the Strategic Report of the Company 
for the year ended 30 November 2020. The aim of the 
Strategic Report is to provide shareholders with the 
information required to enable them to assess how the 
Directors have performed in their duty to promote the 
success of the Company for the collective benefit of 
shareholders.

The Chairman’s Statement together with the Investment 
Manager’s Report and the Section 172 Statement setting 
out how the Directors promote the success of the Company 
on pages 46 to 50 form part of the Strategic Report. The 
Strategic Report was approved by the Board at its meeting on  
4 February 2021.

Business and management of the Company
BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc (the 
Company) is an investment trust company that has a 
premium listing on the London Stock Exchange. Its principal 
activity is portfolio investment. The Company’s wholly owned 
subsidiary is BlackRock Energy and Resources Securities 
Income Company Limited (together ‘the Group’). Its principal 
activities are option writing and investment dealing. 

Investment trusts, like unit trusts and Open Ended 
Investment Companies (OEICs), are pooled investment 
vehicles which allow exposure to a diversified range 
of assets through a single investment thus spreading, 
although not eliminating, investment risk. In accordance 
with the Alternative Investment Fund Managers’ Directive 
(AIFMD) the Company is an Alternative Investment Fund 
(AIF). BlackRock Fund Managers Limited (the Manager) 
is the Company’s Alternative Investment Fund Manager 
(AIFM). The management of the investment portfolio and 
the administration of the Company have been contractually 
delegated to the Manager. The Manager, operating under 
guidelines determined by the Board, has direct responsibility 
for decisions relating to the running of the Company and is 
accountable to the Board for the investment, financial and 
operating performance of the Company.

The Company delegates fund accounting services to 
BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited (BIM (UK) 
or the Investment Manager), which in turn subdelegates 
these services to The Bank of New York Mellon (International) 
Limited and also sub-delegates registration services to 
the Registrar, Computershare Investor Services PLC. Other 
service providers include the Depositary, The Bank of New 
York Mellon (International) Limited. Details of the contractual 
terms with these service providers are set out in the 
Directors’ Report on page 55.

Business model
The Company invests in accordance with the investment 
objective. The Board is collectively responsible to 
shareholders for the long term success of the Company and 
is its governing body. There is a clear division of responsibility 
between the Board and the Manager. Matters reserved for 

the Board include setting the Company’s strategy, including 
its investment objective and policy, setting limits on 
gearing, capital structure, governance, and appointing and 
monitoring of the performance of service providers, including 
the Manager. As the Company’s business model follows that 
of an externally managed investment trust, it does not have 
any employees and outsources its activities to third party 
service providers including the Manager who is the principal 
service provider.

Investment objective
The Company’s objectives are to achieve an annual dividend 
target and, over the long term, capital growth by investing 
primarily in securities of companies operating in the mining 
and energy sectors.

Investment policy and strategy
The Company seeks to achieve its objectives through a 
focused portfolio, consisting of approximately thirty to one 
hundred and fifty securities.

Although the Company has the flexibility to invest within this 
range, at 30 November 2020 the portfolio consisted of 63 
investments, and the detailed portfolio listing is provided on 
pages 28 to 30.

There are no restrictions on investment in terms of 
geography or sub-sector and, in addition to equities, other 
types of securities, such as convertible bonds and debt 
issued primarily by mining or energy companies, may be 
acquired. Although most securities will be quoted, listed 
or traded on an investment exchange, up to 10% of the 
gross assets of the Group, at the time of investment, may be 
invested in unquoted securities. Investment in securities may 
be either direct or through other funds, including other funds 
managed by BlackRock or its associates, with up to 15% 
of the portfolio being invested in other listed investment 
companies, including listed investment trusts. Up to 10% of 
the gross assets of the Group, at the time of investment, may 
be invested in physical assets, such as gold and in securities 
of companies that operate in the commodities sector other 
than the mining and energy sectors.

No more than 15% of the gross assets of the Group will 
be invested in any one company as at the date any such 
investment is made and the portfolio will not own more than 
15% of the issued shares of any one company, other than 
the Company’s subsidiary. The Group may deal in derivatives, 
including options and futures, up to a maximum of 30% 
of the Group’s assets for the purposes of efficient portfolio 
management and to enhance portfolio returns. In addition, 
the Group is also permitted to enter into stock lending 
arrangements up to a maximum of 331/3% of the total asset 
value of the portfolio.

The Group may, from time to time, use borrowings to gear its 
investment policy or in order to fund the market purchase of 
its own ordinary shares. This gearing typically is in the form 

38  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600of an overdraft or short term facility, which can be repaid at 
any time. Under the Company’s Articles of Association, the 
Board is obliged to restrict the borrowings of the Company to 
an aggregate amount equal to 40% of the value of the gross 
assets of the Group. However, borrowings are not anticipated 
to exceed 20% of gross assets at the time of drawdown of the 
relevant borrowings.

The Group’s financial statements are maintained in sterling. 
Although many investments are denominated and quoted in 
currencies other than sterling, the Company does not intend 
to employ a hedging policy against fluctuations in exchange 
rates, but may do so in the future if circumstances warrant 
implementing such a policy.

No material change will be made to the investment policy 
without shareholder approval.

Environmental, Social and Governance 
(“ESG”) impact
The Board’s ESG policies are set out on pages 51 to 53. The 
direct impact of the Company’s activities is minimal as it has 
no employees, premises, physical assets or operations either 
as a producer or a provider of goods or services. Neither 
does it have customers. Its indirect impact occurs through 
the investments that it makes and this is mitigated through 
BlackRock’s ESG policies.

Performance
Details of the Company’s performance for the year are given 
in the Chairman’s Statement on page 5. The Investment 
Manager’s Report on pages 11 to 20 includes a review of the 
main developments during the year, together with information 
on investment activity within the Company’s portfolio. 

Results and dividends
The Company’s revenue earnings for the year amounted to 
4.31p per share (2019: 3.97p). Details of dividends paid and 
declared in respect of the year, together with the Company’s 
dividend policy, are set out on page 6 of the Chairman’s 
Statement.

Future Prospects
The Board’s main focus is the achievement of an annual 
dividend target and, over the long term, capital growth. The 
future of the Company is dependent upon the success of 
the investment strategy. The outlook for the Company is 
discussed in both the Chairman’s Statement on page 8 and in 
the Investment Manager’s Report on pages 11 to 20.

Employees, social, community and human 
rights issues
The Company has no employees and all the Directors are 
non-executive, therefore, there are no disclosures to be made 
in respect of employees. The Company believes that it is in 
shareholders’ interests to consider environmental, social and 
governance factors and human rights issues when selecting 
and retaining investments. Details of the Company’s policy on 
socially responsible investment are set out on page 71.

Modern Slavery Act
As an investment vehicle the Company does not provide 
goods or services in the normal course of business, and does 
not have customers. Accordingly, the Directors consider 
that the Company is not required to make any slavery or 
human trafficking statement under the Modern Slavery Act 
2015. The Board considers the Company’s supply chain, 
dealing predominantly with professional advisers and service 
providers in the financial services industry, to be low risk in 
relation to this matter. 

Directors and gender representation
The Directors of the Company are set out in the Governance 
Structure and Directors’ biographies on pages 34 to 37. 
All the Directors held office throughout the year with the 
exception of Mr Adrian Brown (who was appointed to the 
Board on 10 December 2019) and Mr Andrew Robson who 
was appointed to the Board on 8 December 2020. The Board 
consists of four male Directors and one female Director.

Key performance indicators
A number of performance indicators (KPIs) are used to 
monitor and assess the Company’s success in achieving its 
objectives and to measure its progress and performance. The 
principal KPIs are described below: 

Performance
At each meeting the Board reviews the performance of the 
portfolio as well as the net asset value and share price for 
the Company and compares this to the performance of other 
companies in the peer group. The Company does not have a 
benchmark; however the Board also reviews performance in 
the context of the blended performance of the EMIX Global 
Mining (ex Gold) Index, MSCI World Energy Index and the S&P 
Global Clean Energy Index and a 40:30:30 composite of the 
three indices effective from 1 June 2020. Information on the 
Company’s performance is given in the performance record 
on page 4 and the Chairman’s Statement and Investment 
Manager’s Report on pages 11 to 20 respectively. 

Share rating
The Board monitors the level of the Company’s premium 
or discount to NAV on an ongoing basis and considers 
strategies for managing any premium or discount. In the 
year to 30 November 2020, the Company’s share price to 
NAV traded in the range of a discount of 3.6% to 24.6% on 
a cum income basis. The average discount for the year was 
13.7%. No shares were issued during the year. The Company 
bought back a total of 700,000 shares during the year and 
further details are given in the Chairman’s Statement on page 
7. Details of shares bought back since the year end date are 
given in note 14 on page 104.

Further details setting out how the discount or premium at 
which the Company’s shares trade is calculated are included 
in the Glossary on page 132.

Section 3: Governance  39

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Strategic report

continued

Ongoing charges
The ongoing charges represent the Company’s management 
fee and all other recurring operating expenses, excluding 
finance costs, direct transaction costs, custody transaction 
charges VAT recovered, taxation and certain non-recurring 
items, expressed as a percentage of average net assets. The 
ongoing charges are based on actual costs incurred in the 
year as being the best estimate of future costs. The Board 
reviews the ongoing charges and monitors the expenses 
incurred by the Company on an ongoing basis. A definition 
setting out in detail how the ongoing charges ratio is 
calculated is included in the Glossary on pages 133 to 134.

Dividend target and income generation
The level of income is considered at each meeting and 
the Board receives detailed income forecasts. The Board 
also monitors performance relative to a peer group of 
commodities and natural resources focused open and 
closed-end funds and also regularly reviews the Company’s 
performance attribution analysis to understand how 
performance was achieved. This provides an understanding 
of how components such as sector exposure, stock selection 
and asset allocation impacted performance. Further details 
are provided in the Investment Manager’s Report on pages 
11 to 20.

The table below sets out the key KPIs for the Company. These 
KPIs fall within the definition of ‘Alternative Performance 
Measures’ (APMs) under guidance issued by the European 
Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) and additional 
information explaining how these are calculated is set out in 
the Glossary on pages 132 to 134.

Key Performance 
Indicators

Net asset value total 
return1,2
Share price total return1,2
Discount to net asset  
value (at year end)2,3
Revenue return per share4
Ongoing charges2, 5

Year ended
30 November
2020

Year ended
30 November
2019

13.9%
16.0%

11.6%
4.31p
1.25%

4.4%
(1.3%)

12.3%
3.97p
1.48%

1 

2 
3 

4 

5 

 This measures the Company’s NAV and share price total returns, which 
assumes dividends paid by the Company have been reinvested.
 Alternative Performance Measures, see Glossary on pages 132 to 134.
 This is the difference between the share price and the cum-income NAV per 
share.
 Revenue return per share of 4.31 pence per share for the year to 
30 November 2020 includes an amount of 0.83 pence per share in respect of 
withholding tax rebates that are non-recurring. See page 101 for additional 
information.
 Ongoing charges represent the management fee and all other recurring 
operating expenses excluding finance costs, direct transaction costs, custody 
transaction charges, VAT recovered, taxation and certain non-recurring items, 
expressed as a percentage of daily average net assets.

Principal risks
The Company is exposed to a variety of risks and 
uncertainties. The Board has in place a robust process 
to identify, assess and monitor the principal risks of the 
Company. A core element of this process is the Company’s 

risk register which identifies the risks facing the Company 
and assesses the likelihood and potential impact of each risk 
and the controls established for mitigation. A residual risk 
rating is then calculated for each risk.

The risk register is regularly reviewed and the risks 
reassessed. The risk environment in which the Company 
operates is also monitored and regularly appraised. New risks 
are also added to the register as they are identified which 
ensures that the document continues to be an effective risk 
management tool.

The risk register, its method of preparation and the operation 
of key controls in the Manager’s and third party service 
providers’ systems of internal control are reviewed on a 
regular basis by the Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee. In order to gain a more comprehensive 
understanding of the Manager’s and other third party service 
providers’ risk management processes, and how these 
apply to the Company’s business, BlackRock’s internal audit 
department provides an annual presentation to the Audit and 
Management Engagement Committee Chairman setting out 
the results of testing performed in relation to BlackRock’s 
internal control processes. The Audit and Management 
Engagement Committee also periodically receives 
presentations from BlackRock’s Risk & Quantitative Analysis 
teams, and reviews Service Organisation Control (SOC 1) 
reports from BlackRock and from the Company’s custodian 
(The Bank of New York Mellon (International) Limited). The 
custodian is appointed by the Company’s Depositary and 
does not have a direct contractual relationship with the 
Company. 

The Board has undertaken a robust assessment of both 
the principal and emerging risks facing the Company, 
including those that would threaten its business model, 
future performance, solvency or liquidity. The COVID-19 
pandemic has given rise to unprecedented challenges for 
businesses across the globe and the Board has taken into 
consideration the risks posed to the Company by the crisis 
and incorporated these into the Company’s risk register. 
The risks identified by the Board have been described 
in the table that follows, together with an explanation of 
how they are managed and mitigated. Emerging risks are 
considered by the Board as they come into view and are 
incorporated into the existing review of the Company’s risk 
register. Additionally, the Manager considers emerging risks 
in numerous forums and the Risk and Quantitative Analysis 
team produces an annual risk survey. Any material risks of 
relevance to the Company identified through the annual 
risk survey will be communicated to the Board. The Board 
will continue to assess these risks on an ongoing basis. 
In relation to the UK Code, the Board is confident that the 
procedures that the Company has put in place are sufficient 
to ensure that the necessary monitoring of risks and controls 
has been carried out throughout the reporting period.

The principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Company 
during the financial year, together with the potential effects, 
controls and mitigating factors are set out in the following table.

40  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Principal risk

Investment performance 
The returns achieved are reliant primarily upon the 
performance of the portfolio.

The Board is responsible for:

•  setting the investment strategy to fulfil the Company’s 

objective; and

•  monitoring the performance of the Investment Manager 

and the implementation of the investment strategy.

An inappropriate investment strategy may lead to:

•  poor performance;

•  a reduction or permanent loss of capital; and

•  dissatisfied shareholders and reputational damage.

Income/dividend 
The ability to pay dividends, and future dividend growth, 
is dependent on a number of factors including the level of 
dividends earned from the portfolio and income generated 
from the option writing strategy. Income returns from the 
portfolio are dependent, among other things, upon the 
Company successfully pursuing its investment policy.

Any change in the tax treatment of dividends or interest 
received by the Company including as a result of withholding 
taxes or exchange controls imposed by jurisdictions in which 
the Company invests may reduce the level of dividends 
received by shareholders.

Gearing 
The Company’s investment strategy may involve the use of 
gearing, including borrowings.

Gearing may be generated through borrowing money or 
increasing levels of market exposure through the use of 
derivatives. The Company currently has an uncommitted 
overdraft facility with The Bank of New York Mellon 
(International) Limited. The use of gearing exposes the 
Company to the risk associated with borrowing.

Gearing provides an opportunity for greater returns where 
the return on the Company’s underlying assets exceeds 
the cost of borrowing. It is likely to have the opposite effect 
where the return on the underlying assets is below the cost 
of borrowings. Consequently, the use of borrowings by the 
Company may increase the volatility of the NAV.

Mitigation/control

To manage this risk the Board:

•  regularly reviews the Company’s investment mandate and 

long term strategy;

•  has set investment restrictions and guidelines which the 
Investment Manager monitors and regularly reports on;

•  receives from the Investment Manager a regular 

explanation of stock selection decisions, portfolio exposure, 
gearing and any changes in gearing and the rationale for 
the composition of the investment portfolio;

•  monitors the maintenance of an adequate spread of 

investments in order to minimise the risks associated 
with factors specific to particular sectors, based on the 
diversification requirements inherent in the investment 
policy.

The Board monitors this risk through the receipt of detailed 
income forecasts and considers the level of income at each 
meeting.

The Company has the ability to make dividend distributions 
out of special reserves and capital reserves as well as revenue 
reserves to support any dividend target. These reserves 
totalled £43.5 million at 30 November 2020.

In setting the dividend target each year, the Board is mindful 
of the balance of shareholder returns between income and 
capital.

The Company’s Articles of Association limit borrowings to 
an aggregate amount equal to 40% of the value of the gross 
assets of the Group. However, to further manage this risk the 
Board does not anticipate borrowings will exceed 20% of 
gross assets at the time of drawdown.

The use of derivatives, including options and futures has been 
limited to a maximum of 30% of the Group’s assets.

The Investment Manager will only use gearing when 
confident that market conditions and opportunities exist to 
enhance investment returns.

The Investment Manager reports to the Board on a regular 
basis the levels of gearing in place as compared to limits set 
by the Board under the investment policy and by the Manager 
as Alternative Investment Fund Manager (AIFM) under the 
Alternative Investment Fund Managers’ Directive (AIFMD).

The Board monitor gearing levels and will raise any queries or 
concerns in respect of changes in the gearing level with the 
Investment Manager.

Section 3: Governance  41

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Strategic report

continued

Principal risk

Mitigation/control

Legal and regulatory compliance 
The Company has been approved by HM Revenue & 
Customs as an investment trust, subject to continuing to 
meet the relevant eligibility conditions and operates as an 
investment trust in accordance with Chapter 4 of Part 24 
of the Corporation Tax Act 2010. As such, the Company is 
exempt from capital gains tax on the profits realised from the 
sale of its investments. Any breach of the relevant eligibility 
conditions could lead to the Company losing investment trust 
status and being subject to corporation tax on capital gains 
realised within the Company’s portfolio.

Any serious breach could result in the Company and/or the 
Directors being fined or the subject of criminal proceedings 
or the suspension of the Company’s shares which would in 
turn lead to a breach of the Corporation Tax Act 2010.

Amongst other relevant laws and regulations the Company is 
required to comply with the provisions of the Companies Act 
2006, the Alternative Investment Fund Managers’ Directive, 
the Market Abuse Regulation, the UK Listing Rules and the 
FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules.

The Investment Manager monitors investment movements 
and the amount of proposed dividends, if any, to ensure that 
the provisions of Chapter 4 of Part 24 of the Corporation Tax 
Act 2010 are not breached. The results are reported to the 
Board at each meeting.

Compliance with the accounting rules affecting investment 
trusts is carefully and regularly monitored.

The Company Secretary and the Company’s professional 
advisers provide regular reports to the Board for their 
review in respect of compliance with all applicable rules and 
regulations.

Following authorisation under the AIFMD, the Company 
and its appointed AIFM are subject to the risks that the 
requirements of this Directive are not correctly complied with.

The Board and the AIFM also monitor changes in government 
policy and legislation which may have an impact on the 
Company.

The Market Abuse Regulation came into force across the EU 
on 3 July 2016. The Board has taken steps to ensure that 
individual Directors (and their Persons Closely Associated) 
are aware of their obligations under the regulation and has 
updated internal processes, where necessary, to ensure the 
risk of non-compliance is effectively mitigated.

42  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Principal risk

Mitigation/control

Operational 
The Company relies on the services provided by third parties.

Accordingly, it is dependent on the control systems of the 
Manager and The Bank of New York Mellon (International) 
Limited (who act as both Depositary and Fund Accountant 
and who maintain the Company’s assets, settlement and 
accounting records). The security of the Company’s assets, 
dealing procedures, accounting records and adherence to 
regulatory and legal requirements depend on the effective 
operation of the systems of the third party service providers.

Failure by any service provider to carry out its obligations 
to the Company could have a material adverse effect on 
the Company’s performance. Disruption to the accounting, 
payment systems or custody records could prevent the 
accurate reporting and monitoring of the Company’s 
financial position.

Due diligence is undertaken before contracts are entered into 
with third party service providers. Thereafter, the performance 
of the provider is subject to regular review and reported to the 
Board.

The Fund Accountant’s and the Manager’s internal control 
processes are regularly tested and monitored throughout the 
year and are evidenced through their SOC 1 reports, which 
are subject to review by an Independent Service Assurance 
Auditor. The SOC 1 reports provide assurance in respect of 
the effective operation of internal controls. These reports 
are provided to the Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee.

The Company’s financial assets are subject to a strict liability 
regime and in the event of a loss of assets, the Depositary 
must return assets of an identical type or the corresponding 
amount, unless able to demonstrate the loss was a result of 
an event beyond its reasonable control.

The Board reviews the overall performance of the Manager, 
Investment Manager and all other third party service 
providers on a regular basis.

The Board also considers the business continuity 
arrangements of the Company’s key service providers on an 
ongoing basis and reviews these as part of its review of the 
Company’s risk register. In respect of the unprecedented and 
emerging risks posed by the COVID-19 pandemic in terms 
of the ability of service providers to function effectively, the 
Board has received reports from key service providers setting 
out the measures that they have put in place to address 
the crisis, in addition to their existing business continuity 
framework. Having considered these arrangements and 
reviewed service levels since the crisis has evolved, the Board 
are confident that a good level of service has and will be 
maintained.

Section 3: Governance  43

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Strategic report

continued

Principal risk

Mitigation/control

Market 
Market risk arises from volatility in the prices of the 
Company’s investments. The price of shares of companies 
in the mining, conventional energy and energy transition 
sectors can be volatile and this may be reflected in the NAV 
and market price of the Company’s shares.

The Board considers the diversification of the portfolio, asset 
allocation, stock selection, and levels of gearing on a regular 
basis and has set investment restrictions and guidelines 
which are monitored and reported on by the Investment 
Manager. The Board monitors the implementation and results 
of the investment process with the Investment Manager.

The Company invests in the mining, conventional energy and 
energy transition sectors in many countries globally and will 
also be subject to country-specific risk. A lack of growth in 
world or country-specific industrial production may adversely 
affect metal and energy prices.

Under the Company’s investment policy, the Investment 
Manager has the ability to invest in energy transition 
stocks and is mindful of the impact of any shift in energy 
consumption towards less carbon intensive energy supply. 
This is taken into account by the Investment Manager in 
building a well diversified portfolio.

Companies operating within the sectors in which the 
Company invests may be impacted by new legislation 
governing climate change and environmental issues, which 
may have a negative impact on their valuation and share 
price.

There is the potential for the Company to suffer loss 
through holding investments in the face of negative market 
movements. 

Financial 
The Company’s investment activities expose it to a variety 
of financial risks that include interest rate risk and foreign 
currency risk.

The Company invests in both sterling and non-sterling 
denominated securities. Consequently, the value of 
investments in the portfolio made in non-sterling currencies 
will be affected by currency movements.

The Board also recognises the benefits of a closed-end 
fund structure in extremely volatile markets such as those 
experienced with the COVID-19 pandemic. Unlike open-
ended counterparts, closed-end funds are not obliged to sell-
down portfolio holdings at low valuations to meet liquidity 
requirements for redemptions. During times of elevated 
volatility and market stress, the ability of a closed-end fund 
structure to remain invested for the long term enables the 
Portfolio Managers to adhere to disciplined fundamental 
analysis from a bottom-up perspective and be ready to 
respond to dislocations in the market as opportunities 
present themselves.

Details of these risks are disclosed in note 16 to the Financial 
Statements, together with a summary of the policies for 
managing these risks.

Viability statement
In accordance with provision 31 of the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Directors have assessed the prospects 
of the Company over a longer period than the twelve months 
referred to by the ‘Going Concern’ guidelines. The Board 
is cognisant of the uncertainty surrounding the potential 
duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, its impact on the global 
economy and the prospects for many of the Company’s 
portfolio holdings. Notwithstanding this crisis, and given 
the factors stated below, the Board expects the Company 
to continue for the foreseeable future and has therefore 
conducted this review for a period of three years. This is 
generally the investment holding period investors consider 
while investing in the sector.

•   the Company predominantly invests in highly liquid, large 

listed companies so its assets are readily realisable;

•   the Company has gearing and no concerns around 

facilities, headroom or covenants; 

•   the Company’s forecasts for revenues, expenses and 
liabilities are relatively stable and it has largely fixed 
overheads which comprise a small percentage of net assets 
(1.25%); and

•   the business model should remain attractive for longer 
than three years, unless there is significant economic or 
regulatory change.

In its assessment of the viability of the Company the Directors 
have noted that:

The Directors have also reviewed:

•   the impact of a significant fall in global commodity 

equity markets on the value of the Company’s investment 

44  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600portfolio, factoring in the volatility seen over the course of 
the year under review related to the COVID-19 pandemic;

•   the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the 
ability of portfolio companies to pay dividends, and the 
consequent impact on the Company’s portfolio yield and 
ability to pay dividends; 

•   the ongoing relevance of the Company’s investment 

objective, business model and investment policy in the 
current environment; and

•  the level of demand for the Company’s shares. 

The Board has also considered a number of other factors in 
its assessment, including:

•   portfolio liquidity in light of the COVID-19 pandemic on 
global market liquidity. As at 13 January 2021, 99.9% 
of the portfolio was estimated as being capable of being 
liquidated within 2 to 7 days;

•   the Company’s revenue and expense forecasts in light 
of the COVID-19 pandemic and its anticipated impact 
on dividend income and market valuations. The Board is 
confident that the Company’s business model remains 
viable and that there are sufficient resources to meet all 
liabilities as they fall due for the period under review; 

•   the Company’s borrowing facility and the fact that the 
Company continues to meet its financial covenants in 
respect of this facility;

•   the principal risks and uncertainties as set out above 

and the fact that the Company has appropriate controls 
and processes in place to manage these and to maintain 
its operating model, even given the challenges posed by 
COVID-19;

•   the operational resilience of the Company and its key 

service providers and their ability to continue to provide a 
good level of service for the foreseeable future;

•   the effectiveness of business continuity plans in place for 

the Company and key service providers; and

•   the level of income generated by the Company and future 

income forecasts.

Based on the results of their analysis, the Directors have 
concluded that there is a reasonable expectation that the 
Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment. 

Section 3: Governance  45

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Strategic report

continued

Section 172 Statement: promoting the success of BlackRock Energy and 
Resources Income Trust plc
The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018 require Directors to explain in detail how they have discharged 
their duties under section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 in promoting the success of their companies for the benefit 
of members as a whole. This enhanced disclosure covers how the Board has engaged with and understands the views of 
stakeholders and how stakeholders’ needs have been taken into account, the outcome of this engagement and the impact that 
it has had on the Board’s decisions. 

As the Company is an externally managed investment company and does not have any employees or customers, the 
Board consider the main stakeholders in the Company to be the shareholders, key service providers (being the Manager 
and Investment Manager, the Custodian, Depositary, Registrar and Broker) and investee companies. The reasons for this 
determination, and the Board’s overarching approach to engagement, are set out in the table below.

Stakeholders

Shareholders

Continued shareholder support 
and engagement are critical to 
the continued existence of the 
Company and the successful 
delivery of its long-term 
strategy. The Board is focused 
on fostering good working 
relationships with shareholders 
and on understanding the 
views of shareholders in order 
to incorporate them into the 
Board’s strategy and objectives 
in delivering long-term growth 
and income.

Manager and 
Investment Manager

The Board’s main working 
relationship is with the 
Manager, who is responsible 
for the Company’s portfolio 
management (including 
asset allocation, stock and 
sector selection) and risk 
management, as well as 
ancillary functions such as 
administration, secretarial, 
accounting and marketing 
services. The Manager has 
sub-delegated portfolio 
management to the Investment 
Manager. Successful 
management of shareholders’ 
assets by the Investment 
Manager is critical for the 
Company to successfully deliver 
its investment strategy and 
meet its objective. The Company 
is also reliant on the Manager 
as AIFM to provide support in 
meeting relevant regulatory 
obligations under the AIFMD 
and other relevant legislation.

Other key service providers 

Investee companies

Portfolio holdings are 
ultimately shareholders’ 
assets, and the Board 
recognise the importance 
of good stewardship and 
communication with investee 
companies in meeting the 
Company’s investment 
objective and strategy. The 
Board monitors the Manager’s 
stewardship arrangements 
and receives regular feedback 
from the Manager in respect of 
meetings with the management 
of portfolio companies.

In order for the Company to 
function as an investment trust 
with a listing on the premium 
segment of the official list 
of the FCA and trade on the 
London Stock Exchange’s 
(LSE) main market for listed 
securities, the Board relies on 
a diverse range of advisors for 
support in meeting relevant 
obligations and safeguarding 
the Company’s assets. For this 
reason the Board consider 
the Company’s Custodian, 
Depositary, Registrar and 
Broker to be stakeholders. 
The Board maintains regular 
contact with its key external 
service providers and receives 
regular reporting from them 
through the Board and 
committee meetings, as well as 
outside of the regular meeting 
cycle. 

46  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600A summary of the key areas of engagement undertaken by the Board with its key stakeholders in the year under review and 
how Directors have acted upon this to promote the long term success of the Company are set out in the table below.

Area of Engagement

Issue

Engagement

Impact

Investment Mandate 
and Objective

The Board is committed to 
promoting the role and success 
of the Company in delivering 
on its investment mandate to 
shareholders over the long term. 
However, the Board recognises that 
the sectors in which the Company 
invests are undergoing structural 
changes, with a shift in the energy 
sector away from carbon based 
energy supplies towards alternative 
and renewable energy sources. 
The extractive industries in which 
the companies in the Company’s 
investment universe operate are 
facing ethical and sustainability 
issues that cannot be ignored by 
asset managers and investment 
companies alike. More than ever, 
consideration of sustainable 
investment is a key factor in 
making investment decisions. The 
Board also has responsibility to 
shareholders to ensure that the 
Company’s portfolio of assets is 
invested in line with the stated 
investment objective and in a way 
that ensures an appropriate balance 
between spread of risk and portfolio 
returns.

The Board believes that 
responsible investment and 
sustainability are integral to the 
longer term delivery of growth 
in capital and income and has 
worked very closely with the 
Manager throughout the year to 
regularly review the Company’s 
performance, investment strategy 
and underlying policies to ensure 
that the Company’s investment 
objective continues to be met 
in an effective, responsible 
and sustainable way that is 
transparent to current and future 
investors. This culminated with an 
announcement on 17 March 2020 
that, within the parameters of the 
Company’s existing investment 
policy, it was the Board’s intention 
to increase the focus on exposure 
to stocks that are benefitting from 
the transition in the energy sector, 
away from carbon-based energy 
supplies towards alternative 
and renewable sources, such 
that these would represent a 
greater proportion of the stocks 
held within the portfolio in the 
medium term (subject to market 
conditions).

The Manager’s approach to 
the consideration of ESG 
factors in respect of the 
Company’s portfolio, as well as 
its engagement with investee 
companies to encourage the 
adoption of sustainable business 
practices which support long term 
value creation, are kept under 
review by the Board. 

The Manager reports to the Board 
in respect of its consideration of 
ESG factors and how these are 
integrated into the investment 
process; a summary of 
BlackRock’s approach to ESG and 
sustainability is set out on pages  
51 to 53.

With effect from 1 June 2020 
the Manager began to transition 
the Company’s portfolio to 
reflect an increased focus on 
investments that would benefit 
from the transition in the energy 
sector (including alternative 
and renewable energy stocks). 
Although the Board does 
not formally benchmark the 
Company’s performance against 
mining and energy sector indices 
(because meeting a specific 
dividend target is not within the 
scope of these indices and there 
is not an index that appropriately 
reflects the Company’s blended 
exposure to the energy and mining 
sectors) for internal purposes, the 
Board has historically compared 
the performance of the portfolio 
against a bespoke internal 50:50 
mining and energy composite 
index. This internal reference 
index has been amended in line 
with portfolio changes noted 
above such that the neutral sector 
weightings of 50% mining and 
50% traditional energy have 
been altered to 40% mining, 
30% traditional energy and 
30% sustainable energy sector 
weightings.

The Board believes that this shift 
will enable shareholders to benefit 
from investment opportunities 
in well-established, high quality 
dividend paying renewable energy 
companies as well as companies 
set to benefit from changing 
energy consumption and 
structural changes in the energy 
sector.

More details on the portfolio 
transition and the impact on 
performance can be found in the 
investment manager’s report on 
pages 11 to 20.

Section 3: Governance  47

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Strategic report

continued

Area of Engagement

Issue

Engagement

Impact

Discount 
Management

The Board recognizes the 
importance to shareholders that 
the market price of the Company’s 
shares should not trade at either a 
significant discount or premium to 
the NAV. One of the Board’s long-
term strategic aspirations is that 
the Company’s shares should trade 
consistently at a price close to the 
NAV per share.

For much of the second half 
of the year, the shares traded 
consistently at a discount. 
Between 1 December 2019 and 
30 November 2020 the Company 
bought back 700,000 shares at 
a cost of £466,000. Since the 
year end and up to the date of 
this report, the Company has not 
bought back any further shares. 

The Company contributed during 
the year to a focused investment 
trust sales and marketing initiative 
operated by BIM (UK) on behalf 
of the investment trusts under its 
management. For the year ended 
30 November 2020, the Group’s 
contribution to the consortium 
element of the initiative, which 
enables the trusts to achieve 
efficiencies by combining certain 
sales and marketing activities, 
represented 0.025% per annum 
of its net assets (£88.5million) as 
at 31 December 2019, and this 
contribution was matched by 
BIM (UK).

The Company’s average discount 
for the year to 30 November 2020 
was 13.7% and as at 2 February 
2021 the discount stands at 8.6%. 

The Board monitors the Company’s 
discount on an ongoing basis 
and has met with the Manager 
and the Company’s Broker on a 
regular basis to discuss methods 
to manage the discount. A range 
of discount control mechanisms 
have been considered and the 
benefits and disadvantages of 
these have been discussed at 
length. The Board has the ability 
to buy back up to 14.99% of the 
Company’s share capital with pre-
emption rights disapplied, and will 
seek to renew this authority at the 
forthcoming AGM. 

Although the Board is committed 
to making share purchases where 
appropriate and has done so in the 
past, the Board must balance this 
against the impact such action 
has on further reducing the overall 
size of the Company, which could 
exacerbate any discount issues.

The Board is prepared to 
undertake share buybacks 
in normal market conditions 
and during the period from 
1 December 2019 to 29 February 
2020, the Company bought back a 
total of 700,000 shares; however, 
with the exceptional global market 
volatility experienced this year 
driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, 
from March 2020 the Board has 
been less active in buying back 
the Company’s shares as a result, 
acting on advice from its broker 
(Winterflood) that share buybacks 
in these prevailing market 
conditions will not have a material 
impact on the discount.

The Board continues to monitor 
the Company’s discount on a 
daily basis and consider whether 
it should take action in terms of 
buybacks as market conditions 
evolve. 

In addition, the Board has worked 
closely with the Manager to 
develop the Company’s marketing 
strategy, with the aim of ensuring 
effective communication with 
existing shareholders and to 
attract new shareholders to the 
Company in order to improve 
liquidity in the Company’s shares 
and to sustain the share rating of 
the Company.

48  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Area of Engagement

Issue

Engagement

Impact

Dividend target

Service levels of third 
party providers

A key element of the Company’s 
investment objective is to achieve 
an annual dividend target. The 
Board is cognisant that portfolio 
investments with a high yield may 
have lower capital growth, and that 
seeking to ensure that any dividend 
target is covered by current year 
dividend revenue may result in a 
lower total return. Conversely, a 
move to invest a higher proportion 
of the portfolio in higher growth 
investments (including certain 
Energy Transition stocks) may 
result in a lower yielding portfolio. 
In previous years the Manager 
has written options to generate 
premium income to ensure that the 
dividend is covered.

The Board acknowledges the 
importance of ensuring that the 
Company’s principal suppliers are 
providing a suitable level of service: 
this includes the Manager in 
respect of investment performance 
and delivering on the Company’s 
investment mandate; the Custodian 
and Depositary in respect of their 
duties towards safeguarding the 
Company’s assets; the Registrar in 
its maintenance of the Company’s 
share register and dealing with 
investor queries and the Company’s 
Brokers in respect of the provision 
of advice and acting as a market 
maker for the Company’s shares.

The Board undertook a review 
of option writing activity in 
conjunction with the Manager 
to determine the most effective 
approach for meeting the dividend 
target whilst generating the 
optimal level of total return for 
shareholders.

The Manager reports to the Board 
on the Company’s performance on 
a regular basis. The Board carries 
out a robust annual evaluation 
of the Manager’s performance, 
its commitment and available 
resources.

The Board performs an annual 
review of the service levels of all 
third party service providers and 
concludes on their suitability to 
continue in their role.

The Board receives regular 
updates from the AIFM, 
Depositary, Registrar and Brokers 
on an ongoing basis.

In light of the challenges 
presented by the COVID-19 
pandemic to the operation of 
businesses across the globe, the 
Board has worked closely with 
the Manager to gain comfort 
that relevant business continuity 
plans are operating effectively for 
all of the Company’s key service 
providers.

In January 2019 the Board 
announced that it was adopting 
a more flexible approach, 
recognising that it was possible 
to generate similar or improved 
returns for the Company with 
a lower level of option writing 
(particularly in rising markets 
where returns might be curtailed 
by writing call options). The 
Board has committed to the use 
of revenue reserves and capital 
reserves as necessary to meet 
the current dividend target of 
4.00 pence per share (a yield of 
5.6% based on the share price 
at 30 November 2020) to the 
extent that current year revenue 
is not sufficient. For the year 
to 30 November 2020, total 
dividends of 4.00p per share paid 
were covered by current year 
revenue (which included a one-
off boost of 0.83p per share as a 
result of a tax recovery as a result 
of the FII GLO litigation; more 
details are given on page 101.

All performance evaluations 
were performed on a timely 
basis and the Board concluded 
that all key third-party service 
providers, including the Manager 
were operating effectively 
and providing a good level of 
service. The Board has received 
updates in respect of business 
continuity planning from the 
Company’s Manager, Custodian, 
Depositary, Fund Accountant, 
Registrar, Printer and Broker and 
is confident that arrangements 
are in place to ensure a good 
level of service will continue to be 
provided despite the impact of the 
COVID-19 pandemic.

Section 3: Governance  49

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Strategic report

continued

Area of Engagement

Issue

Engagement

Impact

Board composition

The Board is committed to ensuring 
that its own composition brings an 
appropriate balance of knowledge, 
experience and skills, and that it 
is compliant with best corporate 
governance practice under the UK 
Code, including guidance on tenure 
and the composition of the Board’s 
committees.

The Board undertook a review 
of succession planning 
arrangements in the year and 
identified the need for a new 
Director. The Nomination 
Committee agreed the selection 
criteria and the method of 
selection, recruitment and 
appointment. Board diversity, 
including gender, was taken into 
account when establishing the 
criteria. The services of an external 
search consultant, Cornforth 
Consulting Limited, was used to 
identify potential candidates.

Mr Ruck Keene, whose tenure 
exceeded nine years, retired from 
the Board on 17 March 2020.  

The Board appointed Mr 
Andrew Robson as a Director 
of the Company with effect 
from 8 December 2020. Mr 
Robson’s biography is set out on 
page 37. Details of each Directors’ 
contribution to the success and 
promotion of the Company are 
set out in the Directors’ report on 
pages 59 and 60.

Mr Merton, whose tenure exceeds 
nine years, has announced his 
intention to retire at the 2021 
AGM and he will not be standing 
for re-election. 

50  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Sustainability and our ESG policies

The importance of considering ESG when investing in the Natural Resources Sector

Environmental

Social

Corporate Governance

BlackRock believes it is vital that 
natural resources companies maintain 
their social licence to operate. By this, 
BlackRock means that companies 
maintain broad acceptance from 
their employees, stakeholders, 
local communities and the national 
government. The portfolio management 
team’s site visits to companies’ assets 
provide them with valuable insight 
into these issues which often cannot 
be properly understood from company 
reports.

As with all companies, good corporate 
governance is critical for natural 
resources companies. In conjunction 
with the BlackRock Investment 
Stewardship team, the portfolio 
management team actively engage 
with companies on a wide range of 
governance issues including board 
independence, executive compensation, 
shareholder protection and timely 
disclosure.

As well as the longer term contribution 
to carbon emissions and the impact on 
the environment, digging mines and 
drilling for oil will inevitably have an 
impact on local surroundings. Key is 
how companies manage this process 
ensuring the benefits are appropriately 
shared amongst all stakeholders. 
The value wiped off the market cap of 
companies like BP, after the Macondo 
oil spill, and BHP and Vale, after the 
Samarco tailings dam failure, highlights 
the key role that ESG has on share price 
performance. As set out in more detail 
below, BlackRock will be aligning its 
engagement and stewardship priorities 
to UN Sustainable Development Goals 
and is committed to voting against 
management to the extent that they 
have not demonstrated sufficient 
progress in how they manage these 
environmental impacts and operating 
events.

The Board’s approach
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues can 
present both opportunities and threats to long term 
investment performance. The Company’s investment 
universe comprises sectors that are undergoing significant 
structural change and are likely to be highly impacted by 
increasing regulation as a result of climate change and other 
social and governance factors. Your Board is committed to 
ensuring that we have appointed a manager that applies the 
highest standards of ESG practice, and also one that has the 
skill and vision to navigate the structural transition that the 
Company’s investment universe is undergoing. The Board 
believes effective engagement with management is, in most 
cases, the most effective way of driving meaningful change 
in the behaviour of investee company management. This 
is particularly true for the Company’s Manager given the 
extent of BlackRock’s shareholder engagement (BlackRock 
held 3,040 engagements with 2,020 companies based in 54 
markets for the year to 30 June 2020). As well as the influence 
afforded by its sheer scale, the Board believes that BlackRock 
is well placed as Manager to fulfil these requirements due 
to the integration of ESG into its investment processes, 
the emphasis it places on sustainability, its collaborative 
approach in its investment stewardship activities and its 
position in the industry as one of the largest suppliers of 
sustainable investment products in the global market. More 
information on BlackRock’s approach to sustainability is 
set out below. Further details of ESG in the Investment 
Manager's investment process are given on pages 51 to 53.

Responsible ownership – BlackRock’s 
approach
As a fiduciary to its clients, BlackRock has built its business 
to protect and grow the value of clients’ assets. From 
BlackRock’s perspective, business-relevant sustainability 
issues can contribute to a company’s long term financial 
performance, and thus further incorporating these 
considerations into the investment research, portfolio 
construction, and stewardship process can enhance long-
term risk adjusted returns. By expanding access to data, 
insights and learning on material ESG risks and opportunities 
in investment processes across BlackRock’s diverse platform, 
BlackRock believes that the investment process is greatly 
enhanced. ESG factors have been a key consideration of the 
BlackRock Natural Resources Team’s investment process 
since the team was formed in 1991 and the Company’s 
portfolio managers work closely with BlackRock’s Investment 
Stewardship team to assess the governance quality of 
companies and investigate any potential issues, risks or 
opportunities. The portfolio managers use ESG information 
when conducting research and due diligence on new 
investments and again when monitoring investments in the 
portfolio. 

What does the transition to a lower carbon 
world mean for commodities?
The world is moving towards lower carbon solutions to tackle 
climate change. This will have a major impact on global 
commodity demand and we recognise that we will need to 
be adept at positioning the Company for such changes. The 

Section 3: Governance  51

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Strategic report

continued

proportion of global electricity generation accounted for by 
solar and wind is set to rise sharply over the next 20 years. 
Meanwhile, the rise of electric vehicles will eventually be 
a headwind for global oil demand. However, while we see 
electric vehicles as a longer-term problem for oil we do not 
expect peak oil demand until the 2030’s. We believe this 
allows oil and traditional energy equities room for at least 
one more growth cycle. This trend will be negative for some 
commodities, but it also creates opportunities elsewhere. 
For example, the electric vehicle theme will drive demand for 
certain commodities used in the batteries, such as lithium, 
cobalt and nickel.

BlackRock’s approach to sustainable 
investing
Considerations about sustainability have been at the centre 
of BlackRock’s investment approach for many years and 
the firm offers more than 200 sustainable products and 
solutions. BlackRock believes that climate change is now a 
defining factor in companies’ long term prospects, and that 
it will have a significant and lasting impact on economic 
growth and prosperity. BlackRock believes that climate risk 
now equates to investment risk, and this will drive a profound 
reassessment of risk and asset values as investors seek to 
react to the impact of climate policy changes. This in turn is 
likely to drive a significant reallocation of capital away from 
traditional carbon intensive industries over the next decade. 

In January 2020, with this transition in mind, BlackRock 
announced that it would accelerate its sustainable investing 
efforts and make a number of enhancements to its 
investment management and risk processes, including the 
following:

•  

• 

• 

 Heightening scrutiny on sectors and issuers with a high 
ESG risk, such as thermal coal producers, due to the 
investment risk they present to client portfolios; 

 Putting ESG analysis at the heart of Aladdin (BlackRock’s 
proprietary trading platform) and using proprietary tools 
to help analyse ESG risk; and 

 Placing oversight of ESG risk with BlackRock’s Risk and 
Quantitative Analysis group (RQA), to ensure that ESG 
risk is given increased weighting as a risk factor and 
is analysed with the same weight given to traditional 
measures such as credit or liquidity risk.

As part of BlackRock’s structured investment process, ESG 
risks and opportunities are considered within the portfolio 
management team’s fundamental analysis of companies 
and industries. The team aim to assess financial materiality 
in relation to ESG via data insights integrated into the team’s 
standard research templates shown in the BlackRock ESG 
Risk Window. The Risk Window, using MSCI data, flags any 
stock-specific concerns allowing investors to investigate 
them further. It screens for Governance, Environment and 
Social metrics through over 400 single data points and 

orders potential risks from High to Managed. Investors 
also have access to other data sources such as RepRisk or 
SustainAnalytics to complement the Risk Window. 

The team’s unparalleled access to company management 
allows it to engage on these issues through questioning 
management teams and conducting site visits. Team 
members look to understand how management approaches 
ESG risks and opportunities and the potential impact this 
may have on company financials. Further engagement is 
carried out by the BlackRock Investment Stewardship team 
(BIS), who meet with boards of companies frequently to 
evaluate how companies are strategically managing their 
longer-term issues, including those surrounding ESG. 
Through this combination of quantitative and qualitative 
assessment, the team ensure that its understanding of the 
portfolio’s investments is thorough, reliable and up to date. 

The team’s understanding of ESG issues is further supported 
by BlackRock’s Sustainable Investment Team (BSI). BSI look 
to advance ESG research and integration, active engagement 
and the development of sustainable investment solutions 
across the firm. BlackRock believes environmental, social 
and governance issues have real financial impacts over the 
long-term. 

The sustainable investing effort is embedded into 
BlackRock’s culture from the top down as it believes that 
a company’s ability to manage environmental, social, and 
governance matters demonstrates the leadership and good 
governance that is essential to sustainable growth.

Investment Stewardship
BlackRock also places a strong emphasis on sustainability in 
its stewardship activities and has engaged with companies 
on sustainability-related questions for a number of years.

This year we made an explicit ask that companies align their 
disclosures to the Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD) framework and the Sustainability 
Accounting Standards Board (SASB) standards. This includes 
each company’s plan for operating under a scenario where 
the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to 
less than two degrees is fully realised, as expressed by the 
TCFD guidelines. To this end, BlackRock joined Climate 
Action 100+, a natural progression in our work to advance 
sustainable business practices aligned with TCFD. BlackRock 
has aligned its engagement and stewardship priorities to UN 
Sustainable Development Goals (including Gender Equality 
and Affordable and Clean Energy). BlackRock is committed 
to voting against management to the extent that they have 
not demonstrated sufficient progress on sustainability 
issues. BlackRock is committed to transparency in terms of 
disclosure on its engagement with companies and voting 
rationales. This year, BlackRock voted against or withheld 
votes from 5,130 directors at 2,809 different companies 
driven by concerns regarding director independence, 
executive compensation, insufficient progress on board 
diversity, and overcommitted directors reflecting our 

52  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600intensified focus on sustainability risks. More details about 
BlackRock’s investment stewardship process can be found 
on BlackRock’s website at www.blackrock.com/corporate/ 
about-us/investment-stewardship. In terms of its own 
reporting, BlackRock believes that the SASB provides a clear 
set of standards for reporting sustainability information 
across a wide range of issues, from labour practices to data 
privacy to business ethics. For evaluating and reporting 
climate-related risks, as well as the related governance issues 
that are essential to managing them, the TCFD provides a 
valuable framework.

BlackRock recognise that reporting to these standards 
requires significant time, analysis, and effort. BlackRock’s 
own SASB-aligned disclosure is available on its website 
at www.blackrock.com/corporate/literature/continuous-
disclosure-and-important-information/blackrock-2019-
sasb-disclosure.pdf, and BlackRock has published a detailed 
TCFD-aligned report on its 2020 activities which can be 
found at https://www.blackrock.com/corporate/literature/
continuous-disclosure-and-important-information/tcfd-
report-2020-blkinc.pdf. More information on BlackRock’s 
policies on Corporate Sustainability can be found on 
BlackRock’s website at www.blackrock.com/corporate/
sustainability.

By order of the Board

SARAH BEYNSBERGER
For and on behalf of
BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited
Company Secretary
4 February 2021

Section 3: Governance  53

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Directors’ report

The Directors present the Annual Report and Financial 
Statements of the Company and its subsidiary (together the 
Group) for the year ended 30 November 2020.

Status of the Company
The Company carries on business as an investment trust. 
It has been approved by HM Revenue & Customs as an 
investment trust in accordance with sections 1158 and 1159 
of the Corporation Tax Act 2010, subject to the Company 
continuing to meet eligibility conditions. The Directors are 
of the opinion that the Company has conducted its affairs 
in a manner which will satisfy the conditions for continued 
approval.

The Company is domiciled in the UK as an investment 
company within the meaning of section 833 of the 
Companies Act 2006. It is not a close company and has no 
employees.

As an investment company that is managed and marketed 
in the United Kingdom, the Company is an Alternative 
Investment Fund (AIF) falling within the scope of, and subject 
to, the requirements of the Alternative Investment Fund 
Managers’ Directive (AIFMD). The Company is governed by 
the provisions of the European Union (Alternative Investment 
Fund Managers) Regulations 2013 (the Regulations) and is 
required to be authorised by the Financial Conduct Authority 
(FCA). It must comply with a number of obligations, including 
the appointment of an Alternative Investment Fund Manager 
(AIFM) and a Depositary to carry out certain functions. The 
AIFM must also comply with the Regulations in respect of 
leverage, outsourcing, conflicts of interest, risk management, 
valuation, remuneration and capital requirements and 
must also make additional disclosures to both shareholders 
and the FCA. Further details are set out on the Company’s 
website at blackrock.com/uk/beri, the Regulatory 
Disclosures section on pages 128 and 129 and in the notes 
to the financial statements on pages 106 to 117.

The Company’s ordinary shares are eligible for inclusion in 
the stocks and shares component of an Individual Savings 
Account (ISA).

Shareholder Rights Directive II
The Shareholder Rights Directive II took effect from 10 June 
2019 with some transitional provisions. It encourages 
long term shareholder engagement and transparency 
between companies and shareholders. In substantive 
terms the changes are small for investment companies 
and the majority of requirements apply to the Company’s 
remuneration policy and disclosure of processes, as well as 
related party transactions. There are also additional rules for 
Alternative Investment Fund Managers and proxy advisers.

GDPR
Data protection rights were harmonised across the European 
Union following the implementation of the General Data 

Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) on 25 May 2018. The Board 
has sought and received assurances from its third-party 
service providers that they have taken appropriate steps to 
ensure compliance with the new regulation. The Company’s 
‘Data Privacy Policy’ can be found on the Company’s website 
at www.blackrock.com/uk/beri.

Facilitating retail investments
The Company currently conducts its affairs so that the 
shares issued by the Company can be recommended by 
independent financial advisers to ordinary retail investors 
in accordance with the FCA’s rules in relation to non-
mainstream pooled investments and intends to continue to 
do so for the foreseeable future.

The shares are excluded from the FCA’s restrictions which 
apply to non-mainstream pooled investments because they 
are shares in an investment trust.

The Common Reporting Standard
Tax legislation under the OECD (Organisation for Economic 
Co-operation and Development) Common Reporting 
Standard for Automatic Exchange of Financial Account 
Information (The Common Reporting Standard) was 
introduced on 1 January 2016.

The legislation requires investment trust companies to 
provide personal information to HMRC about investors 
who purchase shares in investment trusts. As an affected 
company, BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust 
plc will have to provide information annually to the local 
tax authority on the tax residencies of a number of non-UK 
based certificated shareholders and corporate entities. The 
local tax authority to which the information is initially passed 
may in turn exchange the information with the tax authorities 
of another country or countries in which the shareholder may 
be tax resident, where those countries (or tax authorities in 
those countries) have entered into agreements to exchange 
financial account information.

All new shareholders, excluding those whose shares are 
held in CREST, entered onto the share register will be sent 
a certification form for the purposes of collecting this 
information.

Dividends
Details of dividends paid and payable in respect of the year 
are set out in the Chairman’s Statement on page 6 and in 
note 8 on pages 101 to 102.

Investment Management and 
Administration
BlackRock Fund Managers Limited (BFM) was appointed 
as the Company’s AIFM with effect from 2 July 2014. The 
management contract is terminable by either party on six 
months’ notice.

54  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited (BIM 
(UK)) acts as the Company’s Investment Manager under 
a delegation agreement with BFM. BIM (UK) also acted as 
the Secretary of the Company throughout the year. Up to 16 
March 2020 BFM received a management fee of 0.95% on 
the first £250 million of gross assets and 0.90% thereafter. 
With effect from this date the Company’s management fee 
was amended such that BFM now receives a fee of 0.80% 
on gross assets. In addition, and also with effect from 17 
March 2020, BFM has agreed, if required, to rebate a portion 
of the Company’s Management fee each year to ensure that 
the Company’s Ongoing Charges, as set out and defined 
in its annual report (and for avoidance of doubt including 
the management fee) do not exceed 1.25% per annum of 
net assets. Further details in relation to the management 
fee are given in note 4 on page 99. The Board believes that 
the current fee structure is appropriate for an investment 
company in this sector.

The Group contributes to a focused investment trust sales 
and marketing initiative operated by BIM (UK) on behalf of 
the investment trusts under its management. For the year 
ended 30 November 2020, the Group’s contribution to the 
consortium element of the initiative, which enables the 
trusts to achieve efficiencies by combining certain sales 
and marketing activities, represented 0.025% per annum 
of its net assets (£88.5 million) as at 31 December 2019, 
and this contribution is matched by BIM (UK). For the year 
ended 30 November 2020, £32,000 (excluding VAT) has been 
invoiced and paid in respect of this initiative. The purpose of 
the programme is to ensure effective communication with 
existing shareholders and to attract new shareholders to the 
Company. This has the benefit of improving liquidity in the 
Company’s shares and helps sustain the stock market rating 
of the Company.

BFM and BIM (UK) are subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. which 
is a publicly traded corporation on the New York Stock 
Exchange operating as an independent firm. 

Appointment of the Manager
The Board considers the arrangements for the provision of 
investment management and other services to the Company 
on an ongoing basis and a formal review is conducted 
annually. As part of the annual review the Board considers 
the quality and continuity of the personnel assigned to 
handle the Company’s affairs, the investment process and 
the results achieved to date.

The Board believes that the continuing appointment of BFM 
(the Manager) as AIFM, and the delegation of investment 
management services to BIM (UK) (the Investment 
Manager) on the terms disclosed above, is in the interests 
of shareholders as a whole given the track record of 
BlackRock’s Natural Resources team in the commodities 
sector. In addition, as the decarbonisation of the energy 
supply chain becomes an increasingly important theme in 

the sector, the Board notes that the Manager has excellent 
credentials in this area. The BlackRock team has over 
20 years of experience running the strategy for the BGF 
Sustainable Energy Fund (the largest and one of the longest 
running Sustainable Energy funds within the Morningstar 
peer group), which has outperformed its peers over the long 
run with lower volatility. The team is also able to leverage 
the broader fundamental equity platform at BlackRock of 
more than 200 investors globally, allowing them to gain 
on the ground insight into how the sustainable energy 
theme is emerging in different regions. The team also aim 
to provide the gold standard for ESG integration, ensuring 
that ESG risks are considered as a fundamental part of the 
investment process, whilst its unrivalled access to company 
management enables engagement with companies on 
specific issues and opportunities. As a result, the team’s 
sustainable energy strategy has received a 5 globe rating 
for sustainability by Morningstar, in addition to numerous 
sustainability awards.

Depositary and Custodian
The Company has appointed the Bank of New York Mellon 
(International) Limited (BNYM or the Depositary) to perform 
this role. The Depositary’s duties and responsibilities are 
outlined in the investment fund legislation (as set out in the 
FCA AIF Rulebook). The main role of the Depositary under the 
AIFM Directive is to act as a central custodian with additional 
duties to monitor the operations of the Company, including 
monitoring cash flows and ensuring that the Company’s 
assets are valued appropriately in accordance with the 
relevant regulations and guidance. The Depositary is also 
responsible for enquiring into the conduct of the AIFM in 
each annual accounting period. The Depositary receives a 
fee payable at a rate of 0.0095% per annum of net assets. 
The Company has appointed the Depositary in a tripartite 
agreement, to which the Manager as AIFM is also a signatory. 
The Depositary is also liable for the loss of financial 
instruments held in custody.

Under the depositary agreement, custody services in respect 
of the Company’s assets have been delegated to The Bank 
of New York Mellon (International) Limited (BNYM). BNYM 
receives a custody fee payable by the Company at rates 
depending on the number of trades effected and the location 
of securities held. The depositary agreement is subject to 90 
days’ notice of termination by any party.

Registrar
The Company has appointed Computershare Investor 
Services PLC as its Registrar (the Registrar). The principal 
duty of the Registrar is the maintenance of the register 
of shareholders (including registering transfers). It also 
provides services in relation to any corporate actions, 
dividend administration and shareholder documentation, the 
Common Reporting Standard and for the Foreign Account 
Tax Compliance Act.

Section 3: Governance  55

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Directors’ report

continued

Computershare receive a fixed fee, plus disbursements and 
VAT for the maintenance of the share register. Fees in respect 
of corporate actions are negotiated on an arising basis.

Foreign exchange
At the financial year end, approximately 84.0% of the 
Company’s portfolio was invested in non-sterling assets, 
with 45.9% invested in US dollar denominated assets. The 
Investment Manager does not actively hedge currency 
exposure.

Derivative transactions
During the year the Group entered into a number of 
derivative option contracts generating option premium 
income of £1,241,000 (2019: £1,294,000). There are 2 put 
option contracts that remained open at 30 November 2020, 
details of which are given in the portfolio holdings listed on 
pages 28 to 30.

Change of control
There are no agreements which the Company is party to that 
might be affected by a change of control of the Company.

Exercise of voting rights in investee 
companies
The exercise of voting rights attached to the Company’s 
portfolio has been delegated to the Investment Manager, 
whose voting policy is set out below. BlackRock’s approach 
to voting at shareholder meetings, engagement with 
companies and corporate governance is framed within an 
investment context. BlackRock believes that sound corporate 
governance practices by companies contribute to their long-
term financial performance and thus to better risk-adjusted 
returns. 

BlackRock’s proxy voting process is led by the BlackRock 
Investment Stewardship team, located in six offices around 
the world. In addition to its own professional staff, the 
BlackRock Investment Stewardship team draws upon the 
expertise of BlackRock’s portfolio managers, researchers and 
other internal and external resources globally. BlackRock’s 
global corporate governance and engagement principles 
are published on the website https://www.blackrock.com/
corporate/literature/fact-sheet/blkresponsible-investment-
guidelines-emea.pdf. The principles set out BlackRock’s 
views on the overarching features of corporate governance 
that apply in all markets. For each region, BlackRock also 
publishes market-specific policies, which are updated 
every year to ensure that they remain relevant. The voting 
guidelines are principles-based and not prescriptive because 
BlackRock believes that each voting situation needs to be 
assessed on its merits. Voting decisions are taken to support 
the outcome that BlackRock believes (in its professional 
judgement) will best protect the economic interests of their 
clients. 

During the year under review, the Investment Manager 
voted on 657 proposals at 48 general meetings on behalf of 
the Company. At these meetings the Investment Manager 
voted in favour of most resolutions, as should be expected 
when investing in well run companies but voted against 31 
(4.7%) resolutions and abstained from voting on 17 (2.6%) 
resolutions. Most of the votes against were in respect of 
resolutions relating to the election or re-election of directors, 
changes to board structure and governance and directors’ 
remuneration, which were deemed by the Investment 
Manager as not being in the best interests of shareholders.

Principal risks
The key risks faced by the Company are set out in the 
Strategic Report on pages 41 to 44.

Going concern
The financial statements of the Company have been 
prepared on a going concern basis. As described in the 
viability statement on pages 44 and 45 of the annual report, 
the Board is mindful of the uncertainty surrounding the 
potential duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact 
on the global economy. Notwithstanding this significant 
degree of uncertainty, the Directors are satisfied that the 
Company has adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future and is financially 
sound, and that the Company and its key third party service 
providers have in place appropriate business continuity 
plans and will be able to maintain service levels through 
the COVID-19 pandemic. For this reason, they continue to 
adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial 
statements. The Company’s ongoing charges represent a 
very small proportion of the Company’s assets (and have 
been capped at 1.25% by the Manager) and the Board is 
confident that the Company will be able to meet all of its 
liabilities and ongoing expenses from its assets and income 
generated from these assets. More information in respect 
of how the ongoing charges ratio (which is an Alternative 
Performance Measure) is calculated is set out in the Glossary 
on pages 133 to 134; more information on how the cap is 
applied is set out in note 4 on page 99. 

Directors
The Directors of the Company and their biographies are set 
out on pages 35 to 37. Details of the Directors’ interests 
in the ordinary shares of the Company are set out in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 65. All of the 
Directors held office throughout the year under review, 
except Mr Brown who was appointed on 10 December 2019 
and Mr Robson who was appointed after the year end on 
8 December 2020.

The Board may appoint additional Directors to the Board 
but any Director so appointed must stand for election by the 
shareholders at the next AGM.

56  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Board independence and tenure
The Board’s policy on tenure is that length of service does not 
necessarily compromise the independence or contribution of 
directors of an investment trust company, where continuity 
and experience can add significantly to the strength of the 
Board. After due consideration and further to the annual 
evaluation process, the Board has concluded that Mr Merton 
who has served as a Director for over nine years, continues 
to be independent in both character and judgement and 
that there are no relationships or circumstances which are 
likely to affect the judgement of any Director. Mr Merton has 
indicated his intention to retire from the Board with effect 
from the conclusion of the next AGM on 16 March 2021.

Director’s appointment, retirement and 
succession
Although the Articles of Association require that one third 
of the Directors retire and submit themselves for re-
election at each AGM the Board has resolved that all of the 
Directors should be subject to re-election on an annual 
basis. Accordingly, Dr Bell, Mr Brown and Mr Warner will 
offer themselves for re-election for a further year. Mr Merton 
has informed the Board of his intention to retire with effect 
from 16 March 2021 and he will not be seeking re-election. 
Mr Robson was appointed as a Director on 8 December 2020 
and will be seeking election for the first time at the next AGM. 
Further details of the independence of the Board and Board 
tenure is provided in the Corporate Governance Statement 
on pages 68 and 69.

The Board has considered the position of Mr Warner, 
Mr Brown and Dr Bell as part of the evaluation process and 
believes that it would be in the Company’s best interests 
for each of them to be proposed for re-election at the 
forthcoming AGM, given their material level of contribution 
and commitment to the role. Mr Robson joined the Board 
in December 2020 following a rigorous selection process. 
A number of candidates were considered and the Nomination 
Committee concluded that Mr Robson was the most 
appropriate candidate to complement the skills of the 
Board. The Board approved his appointment in December 
2020 and believes that it is in the Company’s best interests 
that Mr Robson stands for election by shareholders at the 
forthcoming AGM.

Having considered the Directors’ performance within the 
annual Board performance evaluation process (further 
details of which are provided on page 69) or in the case of 
Mr Robson, the abilities and skill set that he brings to the 
Board as identified through the recruitment process, the 
Board believes that it continues to operate effectively and 
that the Directors bring extensive knowledge and commercial 
experience and demonstrate a range of valuable business, 
financial and asset management skills. The Board therefore 
recommends that shareholders vote in favour of each 
Director’s proposed re-election. More details in respect of the 
skills and experience each Director brings to the Board are 
set out in more detail on pages 59 and 60.

As a previous employee of the Company’s Investment 
Manager, Mr Ruck Keene (who was a member of the Board 
until 17 March 2020) was deemed to be interested in the 
Company’s management agreement. There were no other 
contracts subsisting during the year under review or up to 
the date of this report in which a Director of the Company is 
or was materially interested and which is or was significant 
in relation to the Company’s business. None of the Directors 
are entitled to compensation for loss of office on the takeover 
of the Company. None of the Directors has a service contract 
with the Company.

Directors’ indemnity
In addition to Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance cover, 
the Company’s Articles of Association provide, subject to 
the provisions of applicable UK legislation, an indemnity for 
Directors in respect of costs incurred in the defence of any 
proceedings brought against them by third parties arising out 
of their positions as Directors, in which they are acquitted or 
judgement is given in their favour. The Company has entered 
into Deeds of Indemnity with each of the Directors individually 
which are available for inspection at the Company’s registered 
office and will be available at the AGM.

Conflicts of interest
The Board has put in place a framework for Directors to 
report conflicts of interest, or potential conflicts of interest.

All Directors are required to notify the Company Secretary of 
any situations, or potential situations, where they consider 
that they have or may have a direct, or indirect interest or 
duty that conflicts, or possibly conflicts, with the interests of 
the Company. All such situations are reviewed by the Board 
and duly authorised. Directors are also made aware at each 
meeting that there remains a continuing obligation to notify 
the Company Secretary of any new situations that may arise, 
or any changes to situations previously notified. It is the 
Board’s intention to continue to review all notified situations 
on a regular basis.

The Board considers that the framework has worked 
effectively throughout the year under review.

Directors’ remuneration report and policy
The Directors’ Remuneration Report is set out on pages 63 to 
67. An advisory ordinary resolution to approve this report will 
be put to shareholders at the Company’s AGM. The Company 
is also required to put the Director’s Remuneration Policy to 
a binding shareholder vote every three years. The Company’s 
Remuneration Policy was last put to shareholders at the AGM 
in 2020, therefore, an ordinary resolution to approve the 
policy will next be put to shareholders at the AGM in 2023.

Section 3: Governance  57

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Directors’ report

continued

Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors’ responsibilities in preparing these financial 
statements are noted on page 79.

The Directors are proposing that their authority to buy back 
up to 14.99% of the Company’s issued share capital be 
renewed at the forthcoming AGM.

Although the Manager initiates any buy backs, the policy 
and parameters are set by the Board and reviewed at regular 
intervals. The Company raises the cash needed to finance 
any purchase of shares either by selling securities in the 
Company’s portfolio or by short term borrowing.

Treasury shares
The Board has determined that up to 10% of the issued 
shares of the Company may be held in treasury and, as 
described above, the Company is authorised to purchase its 
own ordinary shares to be held in treasury for re-issue at a 
premium, or cancellation at a future date. As at 30 November 
2020, 5,945,651 ordinary shares were held in treasury, 
representing 4.6% of the Company’s issued share capital.

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
(SECR) Statement: Greenhouse Gas 
(GHG) emissions and energy consumption 
disclosure
This is a SECR statement1 on the Group’s annual energy 
consumption and GHG emissions for the financial year 
1 December 2019 to 30 November 2020 and the prior year, 
2018/2019. The Group does not own, lease or operate any 
assets, and has no direct employees. Therefore, there are 
zero emissions associated or attributed to the entity (Table 
1) and no underlying global energy consumption (Table 2). 
In addition, there are no energy efficiency action measures 
taken over the reporting year. This is the Group’s first SECR 
statement. The Group used the main requirements of the 
GHG Protocol Corporate Standard (revised edition) as a 
basis to report on any GHG emissions in tonnes of carbon 
dioxide equivalent (tCO2e), which expresses multiple 
greenhouse gases in terms of carbon dioxide based on 
their global warming potential (including methane, nitrous 
oxide, hydrofluorocarbons, perfluorocarbons and sulphur 
hexafluoride). Emissions considered relate to activities for 
which the Company is responsible and included as applicable: 
combustion of any fuel and operation of its facilities; and 
annual emissions from the purchase of electricity, heat, steam 
or cooling by the Group for its own use.

Substantial share interests
As at 30 November 2020, 1607 Capital Partners LLC had 
notified the Company that it held interest in 5.07% of 
the voting rights attached to the Company’s issued share 
capital (excluding shares in treasury). Subsequently and up 
to 3 February 2021, the Company received one additional 
notification from 1607 Capital Partners LLC that its interests 
in the voting rights attached to the Company’s issued share 
capital had fallen to 4.28%. Other than this, the Company 
had not received any other additional notifications in 
accordance with the FCA’s Disclosure and Transparency 
Rule 5.1.2R of interests in 3% or more of the voting rights 
attaching to the Company’s issued share capital or any 
changes to existing interests.

Share capital
Details of the Company’s issued share capital are given in 
note 14 on page 104. Details of the voting rights are given 
in note 17 to the Notice of Annual General Meeting on 
page 141.

The ordinary shares carry the right to receive dividends 
and have one voting right per ordinary share. There are no 
restrictions on the voting rights of the ordinary shares. There 
are no shares which carry specific rights with regard to the 
control of the Company.

Share issues
The current authority to issue new ordinary shares or sell 
ordinary shares from treasury for cash was granted to the 
Directors on 17 March 2020 and will expire at the conclusion 
of the 2021 AGM. The Directors are proposing that their 
authority to issue new ordinary shares or sell shares from 
treasury for cash be renewed at the forthcoming AGM. The 
Company will be seeking the authority to allot new ordinary 
shares or sell from treasury ordinary shares representing up 
to 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary shares capital.

Share repurchases
The current authority to repurchase up to 14.99% of the 
Company’s issued share capital to be held in treasury or for 
cancellation was granted to the Directors on 17 March 2020 
and will expire at the conclusion of the 2021 AGM. 700,000 
ordinary shares were bought back in the year under review at 
an average price of 66.57 pence per share representing total 
consideration of £466,000 including costs.

As at the date of this report, no additional shares have been 
bought back since 30 November 2020.

58  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Table 1. 2019/2020 BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc GHG Emissions

GHG Emissions (tCO2e)2

Scope 13 — Combustion of fuels and fugitive emissions of refrigerant 
gases

Scope 24— Electricity, heat, steam, and cooling purchased for landlord 
shared services and own use

Scopes 1+2 — Mandatory carbon footprint disclosure

Scope 1+2 – Mandatory intensity ratio: emissions per total revenue 
(tCO2e/$100m) 

2019/2020

2018/2019

Market-
based)

(Location-
based)

Market-
based)

(Location-
based)

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1 

 GHG emissions and energy consumption statement pursuant to the Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) 
Regulations 2018 (the SECR Regulations).

2  Tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent.
3  Scope 1 emissions are direct GHG emissions from activities owned or controlled by an organisation.
4 

 Scope 2 emissions are indirect emissions associated with an organisation’s consumption of purchased electricity, heat, steam and cooling. These emissions occur 
as a consequence of an organisation’s activities at sources which the organisation does not own or control.

Table 2. 2019/2020 BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc Energy use

Consumption Source

Natural Gas

Diesel Fuel

Private Aviation (Jet Fuel) 

Refrigerants 

Electricity

2019/2020

2018/2019

Scope

Consumption 
value

Consumption 
value

Unit

Scope 1

Scope 1

Scope 1

Scope 1

Scope 2

0

0

0

0

0

KWh

KWh

KWh

KWh

lbs

0

0

0

0

0

Unit

KWh

KWh

KWh

lbs

KWh

BlackRock acts as Investment Manager to BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc. Therefore, for full transparency, 
BlackRock’s global Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions for 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2019 can be found in its 2020 Carbon 
Disclosure Project (CDP) submission: https://www.cdp.net/en/responses/1875

Articles of association
Any amendments to the Company’s Articles must be made by 
special resolution.

Annual general meeting
The following information to be discussed at the forthcoming 
AGM is important and requires your immediate attention. If 
you are in any doubt about the action you should take, you 
should seek advice from your stockbroker, bank manager, 
solicitor, accountant or other financial adviser authorised 
under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as 
amended).

If you have sold or transferred all of your ordinary shares 
in the Company you should pass this document, together 
with any other accompanying documents including the 
form of proxy, at once to the purchaser or transferee, or to 
the stockbroker, bank or other agent through whom the sale 
or transfer was effected, for onward transmission to the 
purchaser or transferee.

Resolutions for the election and re-election of 
Directors
The biographies of the Directors are set out on pages 35 
to 37 and are incorporated into this report by reference. 
The skills and experience each Director brings to the Board 
for the long-term sustainable success of the Company are 
set out on page 60. All the Directors apart from Mr Brown 
(who joined the Board on 10 December 2019) and Mr 
Robson (who joined the Board on 8 December 2020) held 
office throughout the year under review. All Directors apart 
from Mr Merton and Mr Robson will stand for re-election 
by shareholders at the meeting in accordance with the 
requirements of the UK Code. As Mr Robson joined the Board 
in December 2020 he will stand for election at the meeting 
for the first time. Mr Merton will retire from the Board at the 
conclusion of the AGM on 16 March 2021 and will not be 
seeking re-election.

Section 3: Governance  59

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Directors’ report

continued

•   Resolution 4 relates to the election of Mr Andrew Robson 
who was appointed on 8 December 2020 and has a wealth 
of experience in the financial sector, with over 15 years of 
corporate finance experience, gained at Robert Fleming 
& Co Limited and SG Hambros. He has considerable 
experience as a finance director and as chairman of 
audit committees, including for a number of investment 
companies, and has a business advisory practice. He is 
also a qualified chartered accountant.

•   Resolution 5 relates to the re-election of Dr Carol Bell 
who was appointed on 1 December 2014. Dr Bell has 
worked in, or been an advisor or financier to the sectors 
in which the Company invests throughout her working 
life. As well as an in depth knowledge of these sectors, her 
skills include strategic planning and the ability to identify 
structural trends, a significant asset given the degree 
of change faced by the Company’s investment universe 
as a consequence of the energy transition away from 
hydrocarbon fuels. Dr Bell became a director of Chapter 
Zero in June 2019, an organisation which aims to support 
non-executive directors in engaging with Climate Risk 
at board level. She also has considerable governance 
experience through serving on public company boards 
since 2005 as a non-executive director. 

•   Resolution 6 relates to the re-election of Mr Adrian 

Brown who was appointed on 10 December 2019 and 
has a wealth of experience in the financial sector and 
in developing corporate strategy. He brings in-depth 
knowledge, expertise and experience in investment 
management and investment marketing having worked 
in the financial services sector as a senior portfolio 
manager and a client portfolio manager for a number of 
management houses and has a wealth of experience in the 
financial and commerce sectors. 

•   Resolution 7 relates to the re-election of Mr Ed Warner 

who was appointed on 1 July 2013. He brings leadership 
skills and much in-depth knowledge, expertise and 
experience of the financial services sector to his role as 
Chairman, having spent much of his career in senior 
positions at a number of investment banks and financial 
institutions (including Old Mutual Financial Services, 
Bankers Trust, Dresdner Kleinwort Benson and, most 
recently, IFX Group, where he was CEO until 2006). 
Mr Warner has extensive PLC experience and has chaired 
the boards at a range of prominent organisations. 

Resolutions relating to the following items of special 
business will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM.

Resolution 10 Authority to allot shares:
The Directors may only allot shares for cash if authorised to 
do so by shareholders in a general meeting. This resolution 
seeks to renew the authority of the Directors to allot ordinary 
shares for cash up to an aggregate nominal amount of 
£113,470 which is equivalent to 11,347,034 ordinary shares 
and represents 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary share 
capital (excluding any treasury shares) as at the date of the 
Notice of the Annual General Meeting.

The Directors will use this authority when it is in the best 
interests of the Company to issue ordinary shares for cash. 
This authority will expire at the conclusion of the AGM to be 
held in 2022 unless renewed prior to that date.

Resolution 11 Authority to disapply pre-
exemption rights:
By law, Directors require specific authority from shareholders 
before allotting new shares or selling shares out of treasury 
for cash without first offering them to existing shareholders 
in proportion to their holdings.

Resolution 11 empowers the Directors to allot new ordinary 
shares for cash or to sell shares held by the Company in 
treasury, otherwise than to existing shareholders on a pro 
rata basis, up to an aggregate nominal amount of £113,470 
which is equivalent to 11,347,034 ordinary shares and 
represents 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary share 
capital as at the date of the Notice of Annual General 
Meeting. This authority will expire at the conclusion of the 
AGM to be held in 2022 unless renewed prior to that date.

Resolution 12 Authority to buy back shares:
The resolution to be proposed will seek to renew the authority 
granted to Directors enabling the Company to purchase its 
own shares. The Directors will only consider repurchasing 
shares in the market if they believe it to be in shareholders’ 
interests and as a means of correcting any imbalance 
between supply and demand for the Company’s shares.

The Directors are seeking authority to purchase up to 
17,009,205 ordinary shares, being approximately 14.99% of 
the issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) as at the 
date of the Notice of Annual General Meeting. This authority 
will expire at the conclusion of the AGM to be held in 2022 
unless renewed prior to that date.

Any ordinary shares purchased pursuant to resolution 12 
shall be cancelled immediately upon completion of the 
purchase or held, sold, transferred or otherwise dealt with 
as treasury shares in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Resolution 13 Notice Period for General Meetings:
The resolution empowers the Directors to hold general 
meetings (other than annual general meetings) on 14 days’ 
notice, which is the minimum notice period permitted by the 
Companies Act 2006. The EU Shareholder Rights Directive 
increases the minimum notice period to 21 days unless two 
conditions are met.

The first condition is that the company offers facilities 
for shareholders to vote by electronic means. The 
second condition is that there is an annual resolution of 
shareholders approving the reduction in the minimum notice 
period from 21 days to 14 days, hence this resolution being 
proposed. It is not intended that this power will be used as 
a matter of course, rather that this flexibility will be utilised 
where the Board believes that the nature of the business to 

60  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600be conducted requires that a general meeting be convened at 
14 days’ notice.

Resolution 14 Amendments to the Articles
The Board is proposing to make amendments to the Articles 
to enable the  Directors to determine the time and place 
of annual general meetings and general meetings and the 
manner in which they are conducted (including the ability to 
hold hybrid meetings). The amendments are being sought in 
response to challenges posed by the government restrictions 
on social interactions as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, 
which have made it difficult or impossible for shareholders 
to attend physical meetings. The key changes proposed to 
be introduced in the Articles, and their effect are set out 
below. Further amendments are being proposed to be made 
to the Articles to reflect recent changes to law and regulation 
(including changes to the UK Corporate Governance Code 
as described below) and to permit the Company to request 
information from shareholders to satisfy due diligence and 
reporting requirements under the US Foreign Account Tax 
Compliance Act (“US FATCA”) or similar laws and thereby 
avoid adverse tax consequences which would otherwise arise 
under US FATCA or similar laws. In addition, the Company 
is seeking an amendment to the Articles of Association to 
permit the Company to require the transfer of shares where 
the shareholder in question fails to comply with such request 
or may cause the Company issues under US FATCA or any 
similar laws.

(i) ElectronicparticipationinAnnualGeneralMeetings

and General Meetings 

The Board will have the ability to determine whether an 
annual general meeting or general meeting shall be held as 
either a ‘physical meeting’ or as a ‘hybrid meeting’, with the 
latter involving both the physical attendance of members 
and participation by members via electronic means. It is the 
current expectation of the Directors that hybrid meetings 
would only be used where a solely physical meeting is 
impracticable or unworkable. 

(ii) Postponementofannualgeneralmeetingsandgeneral
meetings and alternative arrangements for annual 
general meetings and general meetings

The Board’s existing ability to postpone the time at which an 
annual general meeting or general meeting is to be held, or 
change the place of the annual general meeting or general 
meeting will be updated, including to allow changes to the 
electronic facility or facilities to be used, in the event that 
they decide it has become impracticable or undesirable to 
hold the meeting at the declared time and place or using the 
declared facility or facilities. 

(iii) Power to adjourn
The chairman of an annual general meeting or a general 
meeting (with the consent of the meeting) will have the 
ability to adjourn the meeting from time to time and from 
place to place (or in the case of a meeting held at a principal 
meeting place and one or more satellite meeting places, such 
other places) and/or from such electronic facility or facilities 
for the attendance and participation to such electronic 

facility or facilities as determined by the chairman of the 
meeting (or, in default of the Board) in his or its absolute 
discretion. Further, the chairman of a general meeting will 
have the ability to interrupt or adjourn the meeting without 
the consent of the meeting if it appears to the chairman that 
the facilities at the principal meeting place or any satellite 
meeting place or an electronic facility or facilities or security 
at the annual general meeting or general meeting have 
become inadequate, or are otherwise not sufficient to allow 
the meeting to be conducted substantially in accordance 
with the provisions set out in the notice of meeting. 

(iv) Accommodationofmembersandsecurity

arrangements

The Board will have the ability to put in place security 
measures where considered appropriate in the 
circumstances, and to take such action, give such directions 
or put in place such arrangements as are considered 
appropriate to secure the safety of those attending the 
meeting and to promote the orderly conduct of the meeting  
in relation to both physical attendance and attendance by 
electronic facility.

(v) Methodofvoting
A resolution put to vote at an annual general meeting or 
general meeting held partly by means of electronic facility 
or facilities shall be decided on a poll, which poll votes 
may be cast by such electronic means as the Board deems 
appropriate.

(vi) Informationrightsandforcedtransfers
The Board will have the ability, at any time, to serve notice on 
any member requiring that member to promptly provide the 
Company with any information, representations, certificates, 
waivers or forms relating to such member to enable the 
Company to satisfy its diligence and reporting requirements 
in relation to the U.S. Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act 
of 2010 and the requirements of similar laws which the 
Company may be subject from time to time.

(vii) Appointment and retirement of Directors
This article requires that, in accordance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code, all of the Directors shall retire 
from office at each annual general meeting of the Company 
except any Director appointed by the Board after the notice 
of that annual general meeting has been given and before 
the annual general meeting has been held.

This summary is intended only to highlight the principal 
amendments which are likely to be of interest to 
shareholders, and there are additional consequential 
changes which will be required as a result of the principal 
amendments being made. It is not intended to be 
comprehensive and cannot be relied upon to identify 
amendments or issues which may be of interest to 
shareholders. The proposed new Articles (marked to show 
the proposed changes) will be available for inspection 
on the Company’s website, https://www.blackrock.com/
uk/beri, from the date of this Report until the conclusion 
of the annual general meeting, and will also be available 

Section 3: Governance  61

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Directors’ report

continued

for inspection at the venue of the annual general meeting 
from fifteen minutes before and during the annual general 
meeting. 

Recommendation
Your Board considers that each of the resolutions to be 
proposed at the AGM is likely to promote the success of the 
Company for the benefit of its members as a whole and are 
in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders 
as a whole. The Directors unanimously recommend that 
shareholders vote in favour of the resolutions, as they intend 
to do in respect of their own beneficial holdings.

Corporate governance
Full details are given in the Corporate Governance Statement 
on pages 68 to 73. The Corporate Governance Statement 
forms part of this Directors’ Report.

Audit information
As required by Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006 
each of the Directors who held office at the date of approval 
of this Directors’ Report confirm that, so far as they are 
aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the 
Company’s Auditor is unaware and each Director has taken 
all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director to 
make themselves aware of any relevant audit information 
and to establish that the Company’s Auditor is aware of that 
information.

Auditor
The Auditor, Ernst & Young LLP, is willing to continue in 
office. Resolutions proposing the reappointment of Ernst 
& Young LLP and authorising the Audit and Management 
Engagement Committee to determine the Auditor’s 
remuneration for the ensuing year will be proposed at the 
AGM.

The Directors’ Report was approved by the Board at its 
meeting on 4 February 2021.

By order of the Board

SARAH BEYNSBERGER 
For and on behalf of
BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited
Company Secretary
4 February 2021

62  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Directors’ remuneration report

The Board presents the Directors’ remuneration report for 
the year ended 30 November 2020 which has been prepared 
in accordance with sections 420-422 of the Companies Act 
2006 and the Large and Medium-sized Companies and 
Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008.

Remuneration/service contracts
The maximum remuneration of the Directors is determined 
within the limits of the Company’s Articles and currently 
amounts in aggregate to £150,000. No element of the 
Directors’ remuneration is performance related.

None of the Directors are entitled to receive from the 
Company:

•  performance related remuneration; 

•   any benefits in kind except reasonable travel expenses 
in the course of travel to attend meetings and duties 
undertaken on behalf of the Company; 

•  share options; 

•  rewards through a long term incentive scheme; 

•  a pension or other retirement benefit; and 

•  compensation for loss of office. 

The Company has no employees and consequently no 
consideration is required to be given to employment 
conditions elsewhere in setting Directors’ fees.

All of the Directors are non-executive. None of the Directors 
has a service contract with the Company and the terms of 
their appointment are detailed in a letter of appointment. 
New directors are appointed for an initial term of three years 
and it is expected that they will serve two further three year 
terms. The continuation of an appointment is contingent 
on satisfactory performance evaluation and re-election at 
each Annual General Meeting (AGM). A director may resign 
by notice in writing to the Board at any time, there is no 
notice period. The letters of appointment are available for 
inspection at the registered office of the Company.

The law requires the Company’s Auditor to audit certain 
of the disclosures provided. Where disclosures have been 
audited, they are indicated as such. The Auditor’s opinion is 
included in their report on pages  82 to 89.

Statement by the Chairman
A key driver of the remuneration policy is that fees payable 
to Directors should be sufficient to attract and retain 
individuals with suitable knowledge and experience to 
promote the long term success of the Company whilst also 
reflecting the time commitment and responsibilities of the 
role. The basis for determining the level of any increase 
in the Directors’ remuneration is set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy on pages 66 to 67.

The Board’s remuneration was reviewed in December 2020. 
Following this review it was agreed that no changes would be 
made to Directors’ remuneration at the present time. Prior to 
this, Directors’ fees were last increased on 1 December 2018. 
The Board’s remuneration is set out in the policy table on 
page 67. No discretionary fees have been paid to Directors 
during the year or since inception and the payment of such 
fees is expected to be a rare occurrence, only necessary 
in exceptional circumstances. Any discretionary fees paid 
to the Directors will be clearly disclosed in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report accompanied by an explanation of the 
work undertaken and why it was deemed necessary to pay 
such additional remuneration.

Remuneration Committee
The Board as a whole fulfils the function of the Remuneration 
Committee and considers any change in the Directors’ 
remuneration policy. A separate Committee has therefore not 
been established. The Company’s Directors as at the date of 
this report are all non-executive and are independent of the 
Manager. No advice or services were provided by any external 
agencies or third parties in respect of remuneration levels.

Implementation of the Remuneration Policy 
in the year 2021
The Directors intend that the Company’s Remuneration 
Policy (as approved that the AGM on 17 March 2020) 
will be implemented as set out on pages 63 to 66. The 
Directors’ remuneration policy on page 66 and the policy 
table on page 67 form part of this report. The Directors 
do not receive any performance related remuneration or 
incentives. Discretionary payments are permitted under the 
policy; however such discretionary payments would only be 
considered in exceptional circumstances.

Section 3: Governance  63

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Directors’ remuneration report

continued

Remuneration implementation report
A single figure for total remuneration of each Director is set out in the table below for the year ended 30 November 2020:

Directors

Ed Warner (Chairman)

Dr Carol Bell

Adrian Brown2

Michael Merton

Jonathan Ruck Keene3

Total

Year ended 30 November 2020

Year ended 30 November 2019

Fees

£

38,000

27,000

26,336

32,000

7,967

131,303

Taxable 
benefits1

£

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total

£

38,000

27,000

26,336

32,000

7,967

Fees

£

38,000

27,000

–

32,000

27,000

131,303

124,000

Taxable 
benefits1

£

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total

£

38,000

27,000

–

32,000

27,000

124,000

1  Taxable benefits relates to travel and subsistence costs.
2  Mr Brown joined the Board with effect from 10 December 2019.
3  Mr Ruck Keene retired from the Board with effect from 17 March 2020.

No discretionary payments were made in the year to 30 November 2020 (2019: £nil).

The information in the table above has been audited. The amounts paid by the Company to the Directors were for services as 
non-executive Directors. The Directors receive no variable remuneration.

At 30 November 2020, fees of £10,000 (2019: £10,000) were outstanding to Directors in respect of their annual fees.

Relative importance of spend on pay
As the Company has no employees, the table above also comprises the total remuneration costs and benefits paid by the 
Company. To enable shareholders to assess the relative importance of spend on pay, this has been shown in the table 
below compared to the Company’s net profit on ordinary activities after taxation, total operating expenditure and dividend 
distributions.

Directors’ total remuneration

Total dividends paid and payable

Buy back of ordinary shares

Net revenue profit on ordinary activities after tax

No payments were made in the period to any past Directors (2019: £nil).

Five year change comparison
Over the last five years, Directors’ pay has increased as set out in the table below:

Chairman

Audit and Management Engagement Committee Chairman

Director

2020

£’000

131

4,540

462

4,900

2019

£’000

124

4,596

1,390

4,578

Change

£’000

+7

-56

-928

+322

2020

£’000

2015

£’000

Change

38,000

33,000

+15.2%

32,000

27,000

27,000

22,000

+18.5%

+22.7%

As previously noted, the Company does not have any employees and hence no comparisons are given in respect of the 
comparison between Directors’ and employees’ pay increases. 

64  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Shareholdings
The interests of the Directors in the ordinary shares of 
the Company are set out in the table below. The Company 
does not have a share option scheme, therefore none of 
the Directors has an interest in any share options in the 
Company. There is no requirement for Directors to hold 
shares in the Company.

30 November
2020
Ordinary 
shares

30 November
2019
Ordinary 
shares

Ed Warner (Chairman)

94,000

94,000

Dr Carol Bell

Adrian Brown

Michael Merton

 44,000

33,500

14,603

17,000

–

17,000

Performance from 30 November 2010 to  
30 November 2020

120

100

80

60

40

0
1
v
o
N

1
1
v
o
N

2
1
v
o
N

3
1
v
o
N

4
1
v
o
N

5
1
v
o
N

6
1
v
o
N

7
1
v
o
N

8
1
v
o
N

9
1
v
o
N

0
2
v
o
N

The information in the table above has been audited.

Share price performance

NAV performance

All the holdings of the Directors are beneficial. No other 
changes to these holdings have been notified up to the date 
of this report. Since 30 November 2020, Andrew Robson 
has been appointed to the Board, and has acquired 14,000 
shares in the Company on 11 December 2020 for total 
consideration of £11,411.

Retirement of Directors
Further details are given in the Directors’ Report on page 57.

Performance
The following graph compares the Company’s net asset 
value and share price performance with the performance of 
an equivalent investment in a Composite Index; 50% EMIX 
Global Mining Index and 50% MSCI World Energy Index up 
to 31 May 2020. From 1 June 2020 to 30 November 2020, 
the Composite Index has been adjusted to represent a blend 
of 40% EMIX Global Mining (ex Gold) Index, 30% MSCI 
World Energy Index and 30% S&P Global Clean Energy 
Index. This Composite Index is deemed to be the most 
appropriate as the Company has global mining and energy 
investment objectives, with energy transition stocks forming 
an increasingly important part of both the mining and 
energy sectors.

Sources: BlackRock and Datastream.

Composite Index¹

1.  For the period from 1 December 2019 to 31 May 2020, the 

composite index in the chart above was comprised of 50% EMIX 
Global Mining Index and 50% MSCI World Energy Index. From 
1 June 2020 the composite index is comprised of a blend of 40% 
EMIX Global Mining (ex Gold) Index, 30% MSCI World Energy 
Index and 30% S&P Global Clean Energy Index. Whilst the first 
two indices are a reasonable proxy for the types of investment that 
are held within the mining and traditional energy components of 
the Company’s portfolio, the S&P Global Clean Energy Index is not 
aligned to the energy transition portion of the Company’s portfolio, 
but has been included as the closest available proxy given the 
limited number of indices currently available that represent 
the transitional energy sector. The energy transition section of 
the Company’s portfolio invests in a wide range of stocks with 
exposure to the transitional energy theme which are not included 
within the S&P Global Clean Energy Index, including mining stocks 
that produce materials used in the renewable transport and energy 
sectors, as described  in more detail in the Manager’s report on 
pages 11 to 20.

Performance figures are calculated in sterling terms, with 
 dividends reinvested. Rebased to 100 at 30 November 2010.

By order of the Board

ED WARNER
Chairman
4 February 2021

Section 3: Governance  65

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration policy

Consideration of shareholders’ views
An ordinary resolution to approve the remuneration report is 
put to members at each AGM. The Company is committed to 
ongoing shareholder dialogue and takes an active interest 
in voting outcomes. Shareholders have the opportunity 
to express their views and ask questions in respect of the 
remuneration policy at the AGM. To date, no shareholders 
have commented in respect of the remuneration policy. In the 
event that there was a substantial vote against any resolution 
proposed at the Company’s AGM, the reasons for any such 
vote would be sought and appropriate action taken. Should 
the votes be against resolutions in relation to the directors’ 
remuneration, further details will be provided in future 
Directors’ Remuneration Reports.

In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, the Company 
is required to seek shareholder approval of its remuneration 
policy on a triennial basis. An ordinary resolution for the 
approval of the remuneration policy was approved by 
shareholders at the AGM held on 17 March 2020, with 
97.54% of votes cast (including votes cast at the Chairman’s 
discretion) in favour and 2.46% votes cast against. It is the 
intention of the Board that this policy on remuneration (set 
out on pages 66 and 67) will continue to apply for the current 
financial years to 30 November 2020 and the two financial 
years following this to 30 November 2022. The Directors’ 
Remuneration Report was also last approved by shareholders 
at the AGM held on 17 March 2020, with 98.05% of votes 
cast (including votes cast at the Chairman’s discretion) in 
favour and 1.95% of votes cast against.

Any discretionary fees paid to the Directors will be 
clearly disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
accompanied by an explanation of the work undertaken.

In setting the appropriate level of Directors’ fees, a number 
of factors are considered, including the workload of the 
Directors, their responsibilities, any change in these 
responsibilities and additional legal duties (for example as a 
result of new legislation being implemented), the relationship 
with their suppliers and service providers and the size and 
complexity of the Company. The time commitment required, 
the level of skills and appropriate experience required 
and the need for Directors to maintain on an ongoing 
basis an appropriate level of knowledge of regulatory and 
compliance requirements in an industry environment of 
increasing complexity are also taken into account. The 
Board also considers the average rate of inflation during 
the period since the last fee increase and reviews the level 
of remuneration in comparison with other investment trusts 
of a similar size and/or mandate, as well as taking account 
of any data published by the Association of Investment 
Companies to ensure that fees are in line with industry 
practice. This comparison, together with consideration of any 
alteration in non-executive Directors’ responsibilities, is used 
to review whether any change in remuneration is necessary. 
The review is performed on an annual basis. The Board is 
cognisant of the need to avoid any potential conflicts of 
interest and has therefore agreed a mechanism by which 
no Director is present when his or her own pay is being 
considered.

The Company has no employees and consequently no 
consideration is required to be given to employment 
conditions elsewhere in setting this policy and there has 
been no employee consultation.

No element of the Directors’ remuneration is performance 
related or subject to recovery or withholding (except for tax). 
Directors cannot be awarded any share options or long-
term performance incentives. None of the Directors has a 
service contract with the Company or receives any non-cash 
benefits (except as described in the policy table), pension 
entitlements or compensation for loss of office.

The remuneration policy would be applied when agreeing 
the remuneration package of any new Director. The terms of 
Directors’ appointment are detailed in a letter sent to them 
when they join the Board. These letters are available for 
inspection at the registered office of the Company. Directors’ 
appointments do not have a fixed duration, but they can be 
terminated by the Company in writing at any time without 
obligation to pay compensation. On termination of the 
appointment, Directors shall only be entitled to accrued fees 
as at the date of termination together with reimbursement 
of any expenses properly incurred prior to that date. No 
payments for loss of office are made. Directors are subject to 
annual re-election.

66  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Future policy table

Purpose and link to strategy

Fees payable to Directors should be sufficient to attract and retain individuals of high calibre with 
suitable knowledge and experience. Those chairing the Board and key Committees should be 
paid higher fees than other Directors in recognition of their more demanding roles. Fees should 
reflect the time spent by Directors on the Company’s affairs and the responsibilities borne by the 
Directors.

Description

Current levels of fixed annual fee (with effect from 1 December 2018):

Chairman – £38,000

Audit and Management Engagement Committee Chairman – £32,000

Directors – £27,000

All reasonable expenses to be reimbursed.

Maximum and minimum  
levels

Remuneration consists of a fixed fee each year, set in accordance with the stated policies and any 
increase granted must be in line with the stated policies.

The Company’s Articles of Association provide that the Directors are paid fees for their services not 
exceeding in the aggregate an annual sum of £150,000 or such larger amount as the Company 
may by Ordinary Resolution decide divided between the Directors as they agree.

In accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association, the Directors are 
entitled to be repaid all reasonable travelling, hotel and other expenses incurred by them 
respectively in or about the performance of their duties as Directors. There is a limit of £10,000 in 
relation to the amount payable in respect of expenses reimbursed.

These ceilings have been set at a level to provide flexibility in respect of the recruitment of 
additional Board members and inflation.

Policy on share ownership

Directors are not required to own shares in the Company, although all Directors are currently 
shareholders.

Fixed fee element

Discretionary payments

Taxable benefits

The Board reviews the quantum of Directors’ fees each year to ensure that they are in line with the 
level of Directors’ remuneration for other investment trusts of a similar size. When considering 
any changes in fees, the Board will take into account wider factors such as the average rate of 
inflation over the period since the previous review, and the level and any change in complexity of 
the Directors’ responsibilities (including additional time commitments as a result of increased 
regulatory or corporate governance requirements). Directors are not eligible to be compensated for 
loss of office, nor are they eligible for bonuses, pension benefits, share options or other incentives 
or benefits. Directors do not have service contracts, but are appointed under letters of appointment.

The Company’s Articles authorise the payment of discretionary fees to Directors for any additional 
work undertaken on behalf of the Company which is outside of their normal duties. Any such 
extra work undertaken is subject to the prior approval of the Chairman or, in the case of the 
Chairman undertaking the extra work, subject to the prior approval of the Chairman of the Audit 
and Management Engagement Committee. The level of discretionary fees shall be determined 
by the Directors. Any discretionary fees paid will be disclosed in the Director’s remuneration 
implementation report within the Annual Report. The payment of such fees would only be 
considered in exceptional circumstances and any discretionary fees paid will be clearly disclosed.

Some expenses incurred by Directors are required to be treated as taxable benefits. Taxable 
benefits include (but are not limited to) travel expenses incurred by the Directors in the course of 
travel to attend Board and Committee meetings which are held at the Company’s registered offices 
in London, and which are reimbursed by the Company and therefore treated as a benefit in kind 
and are subject to tax and national insurance. The Company’s policy in respect of this element of 
remuneration is that all reasonable costs of this nature will be reimbursed as they are incurred, 
including the tax and national insurance costs incurred by the Director on such expenses.

Section 3: Governance  67

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Corporate governance statement

Chairman’s introduction
Corporate governance is the process by which the Board 
seeks to look after shareholders’ interests and protect and 
enhance shareholder value. Shareholders hold the Directors 
responsible for the stewardship of the Company, delegating 
authority and responsibility to the Directors to manage the 
Company on their behalf and holding them accountable for 
its performance.

The Board is ultimately responsible for framing and 
executing the Company’s strategy and for closely 
monitoring risks. We aim to run our Company in a manner 
which is responsible and consistent with our belief in 
honesty, transparency and accountability. In our view, 
good governance means managing our business well and 
engaging effectively with investors. We consider the practice 
of good governance to be an integral part of the way we 
manage the Company and we are committed to maintaining 
high standards of financial reporting, transparency and 
business integrity.

As a UK-listed investment trust company our principal 
reporting obligation is driven by the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the UK Code) issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council in July 2018. However, as listed 
investment trust companies differ in many ways from 
other listed companies, the Association of Investment 
Companies has drawn up its own set of guidelines, the AIC 
Code of Corporate Governance (the AIC Code) issued in 
February 2019, which addresses the governance issues 
relevant to investment companies and meets the approval 
of the Financial Reporting Council. Both the UK Code and 
the AIC Code apply to accounting periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2019. The Board has determined that it has 
complied with the recommendations of the AIC Code. This 
in most material respects is the same as the UK Code, save 
that there is greater flexibility regarding the tenure of the 
Chairman and membership of the audit committee.

This report, which is part of the Directors’ Report, explains 
how the Board addresses its responsibility, authority and 
accountability.

Compliance
The Board has made the appropriate disclosures in this 
report to ensure that the Company meets its continuing 
obligations. It should be noted that, as an investment trust, 
most of the Company’s day-to-day responsibilities are 
delegated to third parties, the Company has no employees 
and the Directors are non-executive.

Therefore, not all of the provisions of the UK Code are directly 
applicable to the Company.

The Board considers that the Company has complied with 
the recommendations of the AIC Code and the provisions 
contained within the UK Code that are relevant to the 
Company throughout this accounting period, except the 
provisions relating to:

•  the role of the chief executive; 

•  executive directors’ remuneration; 

•   the need for an internal audit function as set out on 

page 71; and 

•  nomination of a senior independent director. 

The Board considers that these provisions are not relevant to 
the position of the Company, being an externally managed 
investment company with no executive employees and, in 
relation to the internal audit function, in view of BlackRock 
having an internal audit function. Further explanation is 
provided below.

The UK Code is available from the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at frc.org.uk. The AIC Code is available from 
the Association of Investment Companies at theaic.co.uk.

Information on how the Company has applied the principles 
of the AIC Code and UK Code is set out below.

Board composition
The Board currently consists of five non-executive Directors. 
This is a higher number than usual and reflects a period 
of transition. One of the Directors currently serving on 
the Board (Mr Merton) has been in office for more than 
nine years. The Board recognises the value of progressive 
renewing of, and succession planning for, company boards, 
and consequently undertook a search and selection process 
in 2020 to identify a new Director. The preferred candidate, 
Mr Andrew Robson, was appointed to the Board with effect 
from 8 December 2020. Mr Robson will stand for election 
at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting and further 
details of his background and the biographies of all the 
Directors can be found on pages 35 to 37. Mr Merton has 
indicated his intention to retire from the Board and will not 
be seeking re-election at the AGM in 2021; Mr Robson will 
take over the role of Chairman of the Audit and Management 
Engagement Committee from Mr Merton with effect from 
this date. The refreshment of the Board will remain as an 
ongoing process to ensure that the Board is well balanced 
through the appointment of new Directors with the skills and 
experience necessary. Directors must be able to demonstrate 
commitment to the Company, including in terms of time.

All Directors are considered to be independent of the 
Company’s Manager. The provision of the UK Code which 
relates to the combination of the roles of the chairman 
and chief executive does not apply as the Company has 
no executive directors. The UK Code recommends that 
the Board should appoint one of the independent non-
executive directors to be the senior independent director. 
However, as the Board’s structure is relatively simple, with no 
executive directors and just five non-executive directors, the 
Board does not consider it necessary to nominate a senior 
independent director.

The Directors’ biographies, on pages 35 to 37 demonstrate 
a breadth of investment knowledge, business and financial 

68  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600skills which enable them to provide effective strategic 
leadership and proper governance of the Company. Details of 
the Chairman’s other significant time commitments can also 
be found on page 35.

Diversity
The Board’s policy on diversity, including gender, is to take 
this into account during the recruitment and appointment 
process. However, the Board is committed to appointing the 
most appropriate candidate, regardless of gender or other 
forms of diversity and therefore no targets have been set 
against which to report.

Board independence and tenure
Details of the Board’s policy on tenure and independence are 
set out on page 57.

Directors’ appointment, retirement and 
rotation
The rules concerning the appointment, retirement and 
rotation of Directors are discussed in the Directors’ Report on 
page 57.

None of the Directors has a service contract with the 
Company. The terms of their appointment are detailed in a 
letter sent to them when they join the Board. These letters 
are available for inspection at the registered office of the 
Company and will be available at the AGM.

Directors’ training and induction
When a new Director is appointed to the Board, he or she 
is provided with all relevant information regarding the 
Company and his or her duties and responsibilities as a 
Director. In addition, a new Director will also spend some time 
with representatives of the Manager, including the Portfolio 
Managers and the Company Secretary, whereby he or she 
will become familiar with the various processes which are 
considered necessary for the performance of their duties and 
responsibilities.

The Company’s policy is to encourage Directors to keep up 
to date and attend training courses on matters which are 
directly relevant to their involvement with the Company. 
The Directors also receive regular briefings from, amongst 
others, the Auditor and the Company Secretary regarding any 
proposed developments or changes in law or regulations that 
could affect them or the Company.

Directors’ liability insurance
The Company has maintained appropriate Directors’ liability 
insurance cover throughout the year.

dividend policy, public documents such as the Annual 
Report and Financial Statements, the terms of the discount 
control mechanism, buy back policy and corporate 
governance matters. In order to enable them to discharge 
their responsibilities effectively the Board has full and timely 
access to relevant information.

The Board currently meets at least six times a year to review 
investment performance, financial reports and other reports 
of a strategic nature. Board or Board committee meetings 
are also held on an ad hoc basis to consider particular issues 
as they arise. Key representatives of the Manager and/or 
Investment Manager attend each meeting and between 
these meetings there is regular contact with the Manager 
and Investment Manager.

The Board has direct access to company secretarial 
advice and the services of the Manager which, through its 
nominated representative, is responsible for ensuring that 
Board and Committee procedures are followed and that 
applicable regulations are complied with. The appointment 
and removal of the Company Secretary is a matter for the 
whole Board.

The Board has established a procedure whereby Directors 
wishing to do so in the furtherance of their duties, may take 
independent professional advice at the Company’s expense.

Performance evaluation
A formal appraisal system has been agreed for the evaluation 
of the Board, its Committees and the individual Directors, 
including the Chairman.

The annual evaluation for the year ended 30 November 2020 
has been carried out. This took the form of questionnaires 
followed by discussions to identify how the effectiveness of 
the Board’s activities, including its Committees, policies or 
processes might be enhanced.

The Chairman also reviewed with each Director their 
individual performance, contribution and commitment. The 
appraisal of the Chairman followed the same format and was 
led by Mr Merton. The results of the evaluation process were 
presented to and considered by the Board. There were no 
significant actions arising from the evaluation process and it 
was agreed that the current composition of the Board and its 
Committees reflected a suitable mix of skills and experience, 
and that the Board as a whole, the individual Directors and its 
Committees were functioning effectively.

Delegation of responsibilities
The Board has delegated the following areas of responsibility:

The Board’s responsibilities
The Board is responsible to shareholders for the effective 
stewardship of the Company and a formal schedule of 
matters reserved for the decision of the Board has been 
adopted. Investment policy and strategy are determined 
by the Board. It is also responsible for the gearing policy, 

Management and administration
The management of the investment portfolio and the 
administration of the Company have been contractually 
delegated to BFM as the Company’s AIFM, and BFM (with 
the permission of the Company) has delegated certain 
investment management and other ancillary services 

Section 3: Governance  69

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Corporate governance statement

continued

to BIM (UK) (the Investment Manager). The contractual 
arrangements with the Manager are summarised on pages 
54 and 55.

The Manager, operating under guidelines determined by the 
Board, has direct responsibility for the decisions relating to 
the day-to-day running of the Company and is accountable 
to the Board for the investment, financial and operating 
performance of the Company.

The review of the Manager’s performance is an ongoing duty 
and responsibility of the Board which is carried out at every 
Board meeting. In addition, a formal review is undertaken 
annually, details of which are set out above.

The assets of the Company have been entrusted to the 
Depositary for safekeeping. The Depositary is The Bank of 
New York Mellon (International) Limited. The address at 
which the business is conducted is given on page 127.

The Board has delegated the exercise of voting rights 
attaching to the securities held in the portfolio to the 
Investment Manager. Details of the Investment Manager’s 
voting policy are set out on page 56.

Committees of the Board
The Board has appointed a number of committees as set out 
below and on page 34. Copies of the terms of reference of 
each committee are available on request from the Company’s 
registered office, on the BlackRock website at www.blackrock.
com/uk/beri and at each Annual General Meeting.

Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee
The Audit and Management Engagement Committee 
consists of Michael Merton who acts as Chairman, Dr Carol 
Bell and Adrian Brown. Mr Warner is not a member of the 
Committee but may attend by invitation.

Further details are provided in the Report of the Audit and 
Management Engagement Committee on pages 74 to 78.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee comprises all the Directors 
and is chaired by the Chairman of the Board. The role 
of the Committee is to review Board structure, size and 
composition, the balance of knowledge, experience and skills 
range and to consider succession planning and tenure policy. 
Appointments of new Directors will be made on a formalised 
basis, with the Committee agreeing the selection criteria 
and the method of selection, recruitment and appointment. 
Board diversity, including gender, will be taken into account 
in establishing the criteria. The services of an external search 
consultant may be used to identify potential candidates. 
On the recommendation of the Nomination Committee, the 
Board engaged an independent third-party recruitment firm, 
Cornforth Consulting Limited, to assist in the search for a 
new Director during the year.

The Committee meets at least once a year and more regularly 
if required.

Remuneration Committee
The Company’s policy on Directors’ remuneration, together 
with details of the remuneration of each Director, is detailed 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 66 to 67.

As stated in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, the full 
Board determines the level of Directors’ fees and accordingly 
there is no separate Remuneration Committee.

Internal Controls
The Board is responsible for the internal controls of the 
Company and for reviewing their effectiveness, for ensuring 
that financial information published or used within the 
business is reliable, and for regularly monitoring compliance 
with regulations governing the operation of investment 
trusts. The Board reviews the effectiveness of the internal 
control systems to identify, evaluate and manage the 
Company’s significant risks. As part of that process, there are 
procedures designed to capture and evaluate any failings or 
weaknesses. Should a matter be categorised by the Board as 
significant, procedures exist to ensure that necessary action 
is taken to remedy the failings. The Board is not aware of any 
significant failings or weaknesses arising in the year under 
review.

Control of the risks identified, covering financial, operational, 
compliance and risk management, is embedded in the 
operations of the Company. There is a monitoring and 
reporting process to review these controls, which has been 
in place throughout the year under review and up to the 
date of this report carried out by the Manager’s corporate 
audit department. This accords with the Financial Reporting 
Council’s ‘Internal Control: Revised Guidance for Directors on 
the UK Corporate Governance Code’.

The Company’s risk register sets out the risks relevant to the 
Company and describes, where relevant, the internal controls 
that are in place at the AIFM, the Investment Manager and 
other third party service providers to mitigate these risks. 
The Audit and Management Engagement Committee (the 
Committee) formally reviews this register on a semi-annual 
basis and BFM as the Company’s AIFM reports on any 
significant issues that have been identified in the period. In 
addition, BlackRock’s internal audit department provides 
an annual presentation to the Audit and Management 
Engagement Committee Chairman on the results of testing 
performed in relation to BlackRock’s internal control 
processes. The Depositary also reviews the control processes 
in place at the custodian, the fund accountant and the AIFM 
and reports formally to the Committee twice yearly. Both the 
AIFM and the Depositary will escalate issues and report to 
the Committee outside of these meetings on an ad hoc basis 
to the extent this is required. The Committee also receives 
annual and quarterly Service Organisation Control (SOC 1) 
reports respectively from BlackRock and The Bank of New 

70  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600York Mellon (International) Limited on the internal controls of 
their respective operations, together with the opinion of their 
reporting accountants.

The Board recognises that these control systems can 
only be designed to manage rather than to eliminate 
the risk of failure to achieve business objectives, and to 
provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance against 
material misstatement or loss, and relies on the operating 
controls established by the Manager and the Custodian. 
The Investment Manager prepares revenue forecasts and 
management accounts which allow the Board to assess the 
Company’s activities and review its performance. The Board 
and the Investment Manager have agreed clearly defined 
investment criteria, specified levels of authority and exposure 
limits. Reports on these issues, including performance 
statistics and investment valuations, are submitted to the 
Board at each meeting.

Internal audit function
The Company does not have its own internal audit function, 
as all the administration is delegated to the Manager. The 
Board monitors the controls in place through the Manager’s 
internal audit department and considers that there is 
currently no need for the Company to have its own internal 
audit function, although this matter is kept under review.

Financial reporting
The Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of 
the Annual Report and Financial Statements is set out on 
page 79, the Report of the Independent Auditor on pages 82 
to 89 and the Statement of Going Concern on page 56.

Socially responsible investment
Generally, investment trusts do not employ staff and 
accordingly have no direct impact on social matters but 
can be significant investors in the economies of the regions 
in which they invest. The Company invests primarily in the 
securities of companies operating in the mining and energy 
sectors around the world in a range of countries which 
have varying degrees of political and corporate governance 
standards. The Investment Manager’s evaluation procedures 
and financial analysis of the companies within the portfolio 
includes research and appraisal, and also takes into account 
environmental policies, social, ethical and other business 
issues. In this regard, the Natural Resources team works 
closely with BlackRock’s Investment Stewardship team.

The Company’s investment process is ESG integrated. The 
Investment Manager defines ESG integration as the practice 
of explicitly incorporating ESG information into investment 
decisions to help enhance risk-adjusted returns. The 
Investment Manager believes integrating ESG information, or 
sustainability considerations, is an appropriate component 
of their robust investment process, and have adapted their 
research to account for additional sources of risk and return 
that are explained by ESG-related information. As part of 
the Investment Manager’s structured investment process, 
ESG risks and opportunities are considered within their 

fundamental analysis of companies and industries. In their 
aim to protect capital for clients and generate them wealth 
in the long term the Investment Manager looks to invest in 
businesses which have superior return characteristics over 
a multi-year period. The Investment Manager recognises 
that a business’ return can be improved or eroded over the 
long run by a number of factors, particularly those related 
to ESG, and look to understand the potential for change or 
resilience within a business in this respect. They, therefore, 
aim to assess financial materiality in relation to ESG in all 
of their investments. To follow this process systematically, 
the Investment Manager looks at data insights integrated 
into the team’s standard research templates shown in the 
BlackRock ESG Risk Window. The Risk Window, using MSCI 
data, flags any stock-specific concerns allowing investors 
to investigate them further. It screens for Governance, 
Environment and Social metrics through over 400 single 
data points and orders potentials risks from High to 
Managed. Investors also have access to other data sources 
such as RepRisk or Sustainalytics to complement the Risk 
Window.

The Investment Manager’s unparalleled access to company 
management allows them to engage on these issues through 
questioning management teams and conducting site visits. 
They look to understand how management approaches 
ESG risks and opportunities and the potential impact this 
may have on company financials. Further engagement 
is carried out by the BlackRock Investment Stewardship 
team (BIS), who meet with boards of companies frequently 
to evaluate how companies are strategically managing 
their longer term issues, including those surrounding ESG. 
Through this combination of quantitative and qualitative 
assessment, the Investment Manager ensures that an 
understanding of our investments is thorough, reliable and 
up-to-date. The Investment Manager’s understanding of 
ESG issues is further supported by BlackRock’s Sustainable 
Investment Team (BSI). BSI look to advance ESG research 
and integration, active engagement and the development of 
sustainable investment solutions across the firm. BlackRock 
believes ESG issues have real financial impacts over the 
long-term.

The sustainable investing effort is embedded into the 
Investment Manager’s culture from the top down as they 
believe that a company’s ability to manage ESG matters 
demonstrates the leadership and good governance that is 
essential to sustainable growth, which is why the Investment 
Manager is integrating these issues into their investment 
process.

The understanding of ESG risk and opportunities goes 
beyond initial templating of an investment idea. This is a 
continual process where ESG insights are embedded in 
the ongoing assessment of risk-reward on each company 
the Investment Manager invests in or monitors. Their 
awareness of the development of ESG risks is further aided 
by weekly automated emails highlighting changes to MSCI 
ESG controversies and scores on a single stock basis. This 

Section 3: Governance  71

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Corporate governance statement

continued

is reviewed by analysts and any relevant changes will be 
discussed in the team’s morning meeting. From a portfolio 
management perspective, our Portfolio Managers are 
able to see, in Aladdin, the ESG scores of the funds they 
manage in comparison to its benchmark both in total, 
and also decomposed into the three categories, namely 
Environmental, Social and Governance. This specifically 
includes Carbon Metrics and further ESG Metrics, which are 
linked from numerous third-party data providers, including 
MSCI and Sustainalytics.

Further details on ESG and Sustainable Investing can be 
found in the Strategic Report on pages 51 to 53. 

The Manager is a Tier 1 signatory to the UK Stewardship 
Code, which, among other things, sets out the 
responsibilities of institutional shareholders in respect of 
investee companies. The Manager’s compliance with the 
UK Stewardship Code is publicly available on the BlackRock 
website https://www.blackrock.com/corporate/aboutus/
investment-stewardship. The Manager’s approach to 
sustainable investing is detailed on the website at https://
www.blackrock.com/us/individual/investment-ideas/
sustainable-investing.

Bribery prevention policy
The provision of bribes of any nature to third parties in 
order to gain a commercial advantage is prohibited and is 
a criminal offence. The Board has a zero tolerance policy 
towards bribery and a commitment to carry out business 
fairly, honestly and openly. The Board takes its responsibility 
to prevent bribery very seriously. The Manager has anti-
bribery policies and procedures in place which are high level, 
proportionate and risk-based, which are periodically reviewed 
by the Board. The Company’s other service providers have 
been contacted in respect of their anti-bribery policies and, 
where necessary, contractual changes are made to existing 
agreements in respect of anti-bribery provisions.

Criminal Finances Act 2017
The Company has a commitment to zero tolerance towards 
the criminal facilitation of tax evasion.

Communication with shareholders
Under normal operating circumstances, all shareholders 
have the opportunity to attend and vote at the AGM. 
Although physical attendance at the Company’s 2021 
AGM in March may not be possible due to social distancing 
restrictions in place, the Board encourage shareholders to 
send any questions that they would like to address to the 
AGM by post or email to the Secretary at the address shown 
on page 127. Shareholders are also encouraged to submit 
their votes by proxy. A written response will be provided to all 
queries. The Notice of Annual General Meeting sets out the 
business of the Meeting; any items not of a routine nature 
are explained in the Directors’ Report on pages 59 to 61. 
Separate resolutions are proposed for substantive issues.

In addition, regular updates on performance are available 
to shareholders and the Portfolio Managers will review the 
Company’s portfolio and performance at the AGM. This year, 
to the extent that social distancing regulations make physical 
attendance at the AGM impossible, a recorded video of the 
portfolio managers’ presentation will be made available 
on the Company’s website at www.blackrock.com/uk/beri 
shortly after the AGM has concluded. Proxy voting figures 
will be announced to the shareholders at the AGM and will 
be made available on BlackRock’s website shortly after the 
Meeting.

The Company’s willingness to enter into discussions 
with shareholders is demonstrated by a programme of 
presentations made by the Investment Manager. The Board 
discusses with the Investment Manager at each Board 
meeting any feedback from meetings with shareholders, and 
it also receives reports from its corporate broker.

There is a section within this report entitled ‘Additional 
Information – Shareholder Information’ on pages 121 to 124, 
which provides an overview of useful information available to 
shareholders.

The Company’s financial statements, regular factsheets 
and other information are also published on the BlackRock 
website at blackrock.com/uk/beri. The work undertaken 
by the Auditor does not involve consideration of the 
maintenance and integrity of the website and, accordingly, 
the Auditor accepts no responsibility for any changes that 
have occurred to the financial statements since they were 
initially presented on the website. Visitors to the website need 
to be aware that legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of the accounts may differ 
from legislation in their jurisdiction.

Packaged Retail and Insurance-based 
Investment Products (PRIIPs) Regulation 
(‘The Regulation’)
With effect from 1 January 2018, the European Union’s 
PRIIPs regulation came into force and requires that anyone 
manufacturing, advising on, or selling a PRIIP to a retail 
investor in the EEA must comply with the regulation. Shares 
issued by Investment Trusts fall into scope of the regulation.

Investors should be aware that the PRIIPs regulation 
requires the AIFM, as PRIIPs manufacturer, to prepare a key 
information document (‘KID’) in respect of the Company. 
This KID must be made available, free of charge, to EEA retail 
investors prior to them making any investment decision and 
have been published on BlackRock’s website. The Company 
is not responsible for the information contained in the KID 
and investors should note that the procedures for calculating 
the risks, costs and potential returns are prescribed by law. 
The figures in the KID may not reflect the expected returns 
for the Company and anticipated performance returns 
cannot be guaranteed.

72  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600The PRIIPs KID in respect of the Company can be found at: 
www.blackrock.com/uk/beri.

Disclosure and Transparency Rules
Other information required to be disclosed pursuant to the 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules has been 
placed in the Directors’ Report on pages 54 to 58 because it 
is information which refers to events that have taken place 
during the course of the year.

By order of the Board

ED WARNER
Chairman
4 February 2021

Section 3: Governance  73

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Report of the audit and management 
engagement committee

As Chairman of the Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee (the Committee) I am pleased to present the 
Committee’s report to shareholders for the year ended 30 
November 2020.

Composition
All of the Directors at the date of this report, except the 
Chairman, are members of the Committee. The Chairman 
may attend the Committee meetings by invitation. Mr Andrew 
Robson became a member of the Committee from the date 
of his appointment on 8 December 2020, and the Committee 
is therefore currently composed of Mr Merton (who acts 
as Chair), Dr Bell and Mr Brown and Mr Robson. Having 
served on the Board since July 2010, Mr Merton’s tenure 
now exceeds the recommended limit under the UK Code and 
he has informed the Board of his intention to retire at the 
Company’s 2021 AGM. Mr Robson will replace Mr Merton as 
the Chairman of the Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee with effect from this date.

The Directors’ biographies are given on pages 35 to 37 
and the Board considers that at least two members of the 
Committee have sufficient recent and relevant financial 
experience for the Committee to discharge its function 
effectively. The Board is also satisfied that the Audit and 
Management Engagement Committee as a whole has 
competence relevant to the sector in which the Company 
operates.

Role and responsibilities
During the year under review the Committee met three times. 
Two of the three planned meetings were held prior to the 
Board meetings to approve the half yearly and annual results 
in July and January respectively. The third meeting is held 
in December to start the report and accounts preparation 
process.

The Committee operates within written terms of reference 
detailing its scope and duties and these are available on 
the Company’s website at blackrock.com/uk/beri. The 
Committee’s principal duties, as set out in the terms of 
reference, fall into seven main categories, as set out below. 
In accordance with these duties the principal activities of the 
Committee during the year included:

Internal Controls, Financial Reporting and Risk 
Management Systems
•   reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the 

Company’s internal financial controls and the internal 
control and risk management systems;

•   reasonably satisfying itself that such systems meet 

relevant legal and regulatory requirements; 

•   monitoring the integrity of the financial statements 

including the half yearly and annual report and financial 
statements; 

•   reviewing the consistency of, and any changes to, 

accounting policies; 

•   reviewing the half yearly and annual report and financial 
statements to ensure that the Company’s results and 
financial position are represented accurately and fairly to 
shareholders; 

•   reviewing semi-annual reports from the Manager on its 

activities as AIFM; and 

•   reviewing half yearly reports from the Depositary on its 

activities. 

Narrative reporting
•   reviewing the content of the annual report and financial 

statements and advising the Board on whether, taken as a 
whole, it is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s position, performance, business model and 
strategy. 

External Audit
•   making recommendations to the Board, to be put to 

shareholders for approval at the Annual General Meeting 
(AGM) in relation to the appointment, re-appointment and 
removal of the Company’s external auditor; 

•   overseeing the relationship with the external auditor; 

•   meeting with the auditor and at least once without 

management being present; 

•   reviewing and approving the annual audit plan; 

•   reviewing the findings of the audit with the external 

auditor, including any major issues which arose during the 
audit, any accounting and audit judgements and the level 
of errors identified during the audit; and 

•   reviewing any representation letters requested by the 

external auditor before signature by the Board. 

The fees paid to the external auditor are set out in note 
5 on page 99. An explanation on how auditor objectivity 
and independence are safeguarded is reported under 
‘Assessment of the effectiveness of the external audit 
process’ on page 77.

Management engagement
•   reviewing the management contract to ensure that the 

terms remain competitive; 

•   satisfying itself that the continuing appointment of the 
Manager is in the interests of shareholders as a whole; 

•   to consider the appointment or re-appointment of the 

Manager and the level of management fees; 

•   considering the appointment of third party service 

providers; and 

74  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600•   ensuring that third party service providers comply with the 
terms of their agreements and that the provisions of such 
agreements remain competitive. 

Reporting responsibilities
•    reporting to the Board on its proceedings and how it 
has discharged its responsibilities making whatever 
recommendations it deems appropriate on any area within 
its remit; and 

•    compiling a report on its activities to be included in the 

annual report and financial statements. 

Whistleblowing and fraud
•   reviewing the adequacy and security of the Manager’s 

arrangements for its employees and contractors to raise 
concerns, in confidence about possible wrongdoing in 
financial reporting or other matters insofar as they affect 
the Company. 

Internal audit
•   considering the need for an internal audit function, as set 
out in the Corporate Governance Statement on page 71. 

Whistleblowing policy
The Committee has reviewed and accepted the 
whistleblowing policy that has been put in place by the 
Manager under which its staff, in confidence, can raise 
concerns about possible improprieties in matters of financial 
reporting or other matters, insofar as they affect the 
Company.

Internal audit
The Company does not have its own internal audit function, 
as all the administration is delegated to the Manager. The 
Board considers that it is sufficient to rely on the internal 
audit department of BlackRock. The requirement for an 
internal audit function is kept under review.

Significant issues considered regarding the 
Annual Report and Financial Statements
During the year, the Committee considered a number of 
significant issues and areas of key audit risk in respect of the 
Annual Report and Financial Statements. The Committee 
reviewed the external audit plan at an early stage and 
concluded that the appropriate areas of audit risk relevant 
to the Company had been identified by the auditor and 
discussed the audit procedures and plan with the auditors. 
The table on pages 76 and 77 sets out the key areas of risk 
identified and also explains how these were addressed by the 
Committee.

As the provision of portfolio valuation, fund accounting 
and administration services is delegated to the Company’s 
Investment Manager, which sub-delegates fund accounting 
to The Bank of New York Mellon (International) Limited, and 
the provision of depositary services is contracted to BNYM, 
the Committee has also reviewed the SOC 1 reports prepared 
by BlackRock, the Custodian and Fund Accountant. This 

enables the Committee to ensure that the control procedures 
in place over the areas of risk identified in the following table 
are adequate and appropriate and have been designated as 
operating effectively by their reporting auditor.

Auditor and audit tenure
The appointment of the Auditor is reviewed each year and the 
audit partner changes at least every five years.

Accordingly, following a formal tender process, Ernst & 
Young LLP (EY), who had acted as external Auditor since the 
Company’s launch in 2005, was re-appointed in 2015 and 
Ms Susan Dawe became audit partner. Having reached the 
five year limit of her permitted tender under EU Audit Reform 
rules, Ms Susan Dawe was replaced by Mr Matthew Price as 
the Company’s audit partner in September 2020. 

There are no contractual obligations that restrict the 
Company’s choice of auditor. There were no fees paid to 
the Auditor in respect of non-audit services during the year 
(2019: £nil).

The Auditor has indicated its willingness to continue in office. 
Resolutions proposing its reappointment and authorising 
the Audit and Management Engagement Committee to 
determine its remuneration for the ensuing year will be 
proposed at the AGM.

Section 3: Governance  75

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Report of the audit and management 
engagement committee continued

Significant issue

How the issue was addressed

The accuracy of the valuation of the investment portfolio.

The risk of misappropriation of assets and unsecured 
ownership of investments.

The risk that income is overstated, incomplete or inaccurate 
through failure to recognise proper income entitlements or to 
apply the appropriate accounting treatment for recognition of 
income.

Listed investments are valued using stock exchange prices 
provided by third party pricing vendors. Unquoted or illiquid 
investments, if any, are valued by the Directors based on 
recommendations from BlackRock’s Pricing Committee. The Board 
reviews detailed portfolio valuations at each of its Board meetings 
and receives confirmation from the Manager that the pricing 
basis is appropriate, in line with relevant accounting standards 
as adopted by the Company and that the carrying values are 
materially correct. The Board also relies on the Manager’s and 
Fund Accountant’s controls which are documented in a semi-
annual internal controls report which is reviewed by the Audit 
Committee.

The Depositary is responsible for financial restitution for the loss 
of financial investments held in custody. The Depositary reports 
to the Committee twice a year. The Committee reviews reports 
from its service providers on key controls over the assets of the 
Company and will take action to address any significant issues 
that are identified in these reports, which may include direct 
discussions with representatives of the relevant service providers 
to obtain more detailed information surrounding any matters 
of concern and gaining assurance that appropriate remediation 
action has been taken. Any significant issues are reported by 
the Manager to the Committee. The Manager has put in place 
procedures to ensure that investments can only be made to the 
extent that the appropriate contractual and legal arrangements are 
in place to protect the Company’s assets.

The Committee reviews income forecasts, including special 
dividends and option income and receives explanations from the 
Investment Manager for any variations or significant movements 
from previous forecasts and prior year figures. The Committee 
also reviews the facts and circumstances of all special dividends 
to determine the revenue/capital treatment. The Board reviews 
the option transactions at each board meeting to confirm 
revenue treatment. The Directors also review a detailed schedule 
of dividends received from portfolio holdings at each meeting 
which sets out current and historic dividend rates, and the 
amounts accrued. Any significant movements or unusual items 
are discussed with the Manager. The Committee also reviews SOC 
1 Reports from its service providers, including the Company’s 
fund accountant and custodian, The Bank of New York Mellon 
(International) Limited. These reports include information on the 
control processes in place to ensure the accurate recording of 
income, and any exceptions are highlighted to the Committee and 
will be investigated further to ensure that appropriate remediation 
action has been taken where relevant.

76  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Significant issue

How the issue was addressed

The risk that the global economic disruption caused by 
COVID-19 will affect the Company’s ability to continue in 
operation due to the impact on the market valuations of 
portfolio companies or the ability of key service providers 
(including the Manager, the Depositary, the Custodian, the 
Fund Accountant, the Brokers and the printers) to maintain 
business continuity and continue to provide appropriate 
service levels.

Assessment of the effectiveness of the 
external audit process
To assess the effectiveness of the external audit, members 
of the Committee work closely with the Manager to obtain a 
good understanding of the quality and efficiency of the audit. 
The Committee has adopted a formal framework to review the 
effectiveness of the external audit process and audit quality. 
This includes a review of the following areas:

•   the quality of the audit engagement partner and the audit 

team; 

•   the expertise of the audit firm and the resources available 

to it; 

•   identification of areas of audit risk; 

•   planning, scope and execution of the audit; 

•   consideration of the appropriateness of the level of audit 

materiality adopted; 

•   the role of the Committee, the Manager and other third 
party service providers in an effective audit process; 

•   communication, by the Auditor, with the Committee; 

•   how the Auditor supports the work of the Committee; 

•   a review of independence and objectivity of the audit firm; 

and 

•   the quality of the formal audit report to shareholders. 

The Audit and Management Engagement Committee has reviewed 
the impact of recent market volatility related to the COVID-19 
pandemic on the Company’s portfolio and have received regular 
updates on portfolio performance from the portfolio manager. The 
Committee has also reviewed portfolio liquidity as at 13 January 
2021 and updated revenue and expense forecasts in light of 
the COVID-19 pandemic and its anticipated impact on portfolio 
liquidity, dividend income and market valuations and considers 
that the Company’s business model remains viable and that the 
Company has sufficient resources to continue in operation and to 
meet all liabilities as they fall due.

The Committee has reviewed the Company’s bank overdraft facility 
and considers that despite recent market volatility the Company 
continues to meet its financial covenants in respect of this facility 
and has a wide margin before any relevant thresholds are reached.

The Committee keeps the Company’s principal risks and 
uncertainties as set out above under review, and are confident that 
the Company has appropriate controls and processes in place to 
manage these and to maintain its operating model, even given the 
global economic challenges posed by COVID-19.

The Committee has received presentations and updates from key 
service providers in respect of their business continuity plans to 
address the issues posed by COVID-19 and are confident that they 
will be able to continue to provide a good level of service for the 
foreseeable future.

Feedback in relation to the audit process and also of the 
effectiveness of the Manager in performing its role is also 
sought from relevant involved parties, including the audit 
partner and team.

The external auditor is invited to attend the Committee 
meetings at which the half yearly and annual report and 
financial statements are considered and at which they 
have the opportunity to meet with the Committee without 
representatives of the Manager or Investment Manager 
being present. The effectiveness of the external audit process 
is assessed principally in relation to the timely identification 
and resolution of any process errors or control breaches that 
might impact the Company’s net asset value and accounting 
records. It is also assessed by reference to how successfully 
any issues in respect of areas of accounting judgement are 
identified and resolved, the quality and timeliness of papers 
analysing these judgements, the views of the independent 
auditors and the booking of any audit adjustments arising, 
and the timely provision of draft public documents for review 
by the Auditor and the Committee.

To form a conclusion with regard to the independence of the 
external Auditor, the following factors are considered. The 
Committee considers whether the skills and experience of 
the auditor make them a suitable supplier of the non-audit 
services and whether there are safeguards in place to ensure 
that there is no threat to its objectivity and independence 
in the conduct of the audit resulting from the provision 
of such services. On an ongoing basis, EY reviews the 
independence of its relationship with the Group and reports 
to the Committee, providing details of any other relationships 
with the Manager. As part of this review, the Auditor will 

Section 3: Governance  77

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Report of the audit and management 
engagement committee continued

provide the Committee with information about policies and 
processes for maintaining independence and monitoring 
compliance with relevant requirements. This will include 
information on the rotation of audit partners and staff, the 
level of fees that the Group pays, details of any relationships 
between the audit firm and its staff and the Group as well as 
an overall confirmation from the auditor of its independence 
and objectivity.

As a result of their review, the Committee has concluded that 
the external audit has been conducted effectively and also 
that EY is independent of the Company.

Conclusions in respect of the Annual Report 
and Financial Statements
The production and the audit of the Group’s annual report 
and financial statements is a comprehensive process 
requiring input from a number of different contributors. 
In order to reach a conclusion that the annual report and 
financial statements are fair, balanced and understandable, 
the Board has requested that the Committee advise 
on whether these criteria are satisfied. In doing so the 
Committee has given consideration to the following:

•   the comprehensive control framework over the production 
of the annual report and financial statements including 
the verification process in place to deal with the factual 
content; 

•   the extensive levels of review that are undertaken in the 

production process by the Manager, the Depositary and the 
Committee; 

•   the Manager and other third party service provider controls 
to ensure the completeness and accuracy of the Group’s 
financial records and the security of the Group’s assets; 
and 

•   the existence of satisfactory SOC 1 reports to verify the 
effectiveness of the internal controls of the Manager, 
Custodian and Fund Accountants. 

The Committee has reviewed the Annual Report and 
Financial Statements and is satisfied that, taken as a whole, 
they are fair, balanced and understandable. In reaching this 
conclusion, the Committee has assumed that the reader of 
the Annual Report and Financial Statements would have 
a reasonable level of knowledge of the investment trust 
industry in general and of investment trusts in particular. 
The Committee has reported on these findings to the Board 
who affirm the Committee’s conclusions in the Statement of 
Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report 
and Financial Statements on page 79.

MICHAEL MERTON
Chairman
Audit and Management Engagement Committee
4 February 2021

78  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in 
respect of the annual report and financial 
statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable 
United Kingdom law and regulations. Company law requires 
the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial 
year. Under that law, the Directors have elected to prepare the 
Group and Parent Company financial statements in accordance 
with International Accounting Standards in conformity with the 
Companies Act.

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the Company as 
at the end of each financial year and of the profit or loss of the 
Group for that year.

Under the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency Rules, Group financial statements are required 
to be prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) adopted pursuant to Regulation 
(EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

•   present fairly the financial position, financial performance and 

cash flows of the Group and the Company; 

•   select suitable accounting policies in accordance with IAS 8: 
Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and 
Errors and then apply them consistently; 

•   present information, including accounting policies, in a 
manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information; 

•   make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and 

prudent; 

•   in respect of the Group financial statements, state whether 
International Accounting Standards in conformity with 
the Companies Act 2006 and IFRSs adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European 
Union have been followed, subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial statements; 

•   in respect of the Parent Company financial statements, state 
whether International Accounting Standards in conformity 
with the Companies Act 2006 have been followed, subject 
to any material departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements;

•   provide additional disclosures when compliance with the 

specific requirements in IFRS as adopted by the European 
Union is insufficient to enable users to understand the impact 
of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the 
Group’s financial position and financial performance; and 

accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and 
the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.

They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Group and for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for preparing the Strategic 
Report, the Directors’ Report, the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report, the Corporate Governance Statement and the Report 
of the Audit and Management Engagement Committee in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and applicable 
regulations, including the requirements of the Listing Rules 
and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules. The 
Directors have delegated responsibility to the Manager for the 
maintenance and integrity of the Group’s corporate and financial 
information included on the BlackRock website. Legislation 
in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation 
in other jurisdictions.

Each of the Directors, whose names are listed on pages 35 to 37, 
confirm to the best of their knowledge that:

•   the consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance 
with International Accounting Standards in conformity with 
the Companies Act 2006 and IFRSs adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European 
Union, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit of the Company and undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

•   the annual report and financial statements include a fair 

review of the development and performance of the business 
and the position of the Company and undertakings included in 
the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description 
of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces. 

The 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code also requires Directors 
to ensure that the Annual Report and Financial Statements are 
fair, balanced and understandable. In order to reach a conclusion 
on this matter, the Board has requested that the Audit and 
Management Engagement Committee advise on whether it 
considers that the Annual Report and Financial Statements 
fulfils these requirements. The process by which the Committee 
has reached these conclusions is set out in the Audit and 
Management Engagement Committee’s Report on pages 74 to 
78. As a result, the Board has concluded that the Annual Report 
for the year ended 30 November 2020, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s and the 
Company’s position, performance, business model and strategy.

For and on behalf of the Board

•   prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 

unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and/or the 
Company will continue in business. 

ED WARNER
Chairman
4 February 2021

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s 
and the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 

Section 3: Governance  79

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 20Black Line Level: 3Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
80  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Financial 
statements

It is estimated that an electric vehicle has approximately four times the copper content 
per vehicle when compared to an internal combustion engine car. Currently copper 
miners (and companies that produce other metals that are indispensable in the 
energy transition) trade in the equity market at a substantially lower valuation multiple 
than companies such as wind turbine manufacturers or renewable energy utilities. 
Mining companies that are able to operate with respect for their host communities 
and articulate a credible climate strategy will be set to appeal to investors in the next 
few years. 

ID.3 1ST EDITION AND BATTERY SCHEMATIC PHOTO COURTESY OF VOLKSWAGEN. 

Section 4: Financial statements  81

Job No: 43774

Customer: BlackRock

Proof Event:7

Project Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020

Black Line Level: 2

Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LA

T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600

 
Independent auditor’s report

to the members of BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc

Opinion
In our opinion:

•   BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc’s 

Group financial statements and Parent Company financial 
statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and 
fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent 
Company’s affairs as at 30 November 2020 and of the 
Group’s profit for the year then ended;

•   the Group financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with International Accounting 
Standards in conformity with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006 and International Financial 
Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) 
No. 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union;

•   the Parent Company financial statements have been 
properly prepared in accordance with International 
Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006 as applied in accordance with 
the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

•   the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements of BlackRock 
Energy and Resources Income Trust plc which comprise:

Group

Parent company

Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position as at 
30 November 2020;

Statement of Financial 
Position as at 30 November 
2020;

Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income for 
the year then ended;

Statement of Changes in 
Equity for the year then 
ended;

Consolidated Statement of 
Changes in Equity for the 
year then ended;

Consolidated Cash Flow 
Statement for the year then 
ended; and
Related notes 1 to 19 to 
the financial statements 
including a summary of 
significant accounting 
policies.

Cash Flow Statement for the 
year then ended; and

Related notes 1 to 19 to 
the financial statements 
including a summary of 
significant accounting 
policies.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied 
in their preparation is applicable law and International 
Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial 
statements, International Financial Reporting Standards 
adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 1606/2002 as it 
applies in the European Union, and, as regards the Parent 
Company financial statements, as applied in accordance with 
the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further 
described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements section of our report below. We 
are independent of the Group and Parent Company in 
accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public 
interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to principal risks, going concern and 
viability statement
We have nothing to report in respect of the following 
information in the Annual Report, in relation to which 
the ISAs (UK) require us to report to you whether we have 
anything material to add or draw attention to:

•   the disclosures in the Annual Report set out on pages 40 

to 44 that describe the principal risks and explain how they 
are being managed or mitigated;

•   the Directors’ confirmation set out on page 40 in the 
Annual Report that they have carried out a robust 
assessment of the emerging and principal risks facing the 
entity, including those that would threaten its business 
model, future performance, solvency or liquidity;

•   the Directors’ statement set out on pages 56 and 95 in 

the financial statements about whether they considered 
it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in preparing them, and their identification of 
any material uncertainties to the entity’s ability to continue 
to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the 
date of approval of the financial statements.

•   whether the Directors’ statement in relation to going 

concern required under the Listing Rules in accordance 
with Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent with 
our knowledge obtained in the audit; or 

•   the Directors’ explanation set out on pages 44 to 45 
in the Annual Report as to how they have assessed 
the prospects of the entity, over what period they 
have done so and why they consider that period to be 
appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have 
a reasonable expectation that the entity will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over the period of their assessment, including any 
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

82  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Overview of our audit approach

Key audit 
matters

Audit scope

• 

• 

• 

• 

Materiality

•  

 Incomplete or inaccurate revenue 
recognition, including the calculation and 
classification of special dividends and 
option premium income as revenue or 
capital in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income.

 Incorrect valuation or ownership of the 
investment portfolio and derivatives.

Impact of COVID-19.

 We performed an audit of the complete 
financial information of BlackRock 
Energy and Resources Income Trust plc’s 
components.

 Overall Group materiality of £0.92m 
(2019: £0.86m) which represents 1% 
(2019: 1% of net assets).

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the 
most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These 
matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the 
overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These 
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the 
financial statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key observations communicated to the 
Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee 

What we reported to the Audit and 
Management Engagement Committee:
The results of our procedures identified 
no material misstatement in relation 
to incomplete or inaccurate revenue 
recognition, including the calculation 
and classification of special dividends 
and option premium income as revenue 
or capital in the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income. Based on 
the work performed we had no matters 
to report to the Audit and Management 
Engagement Committee.

Risk

Our response to the risk

Incomplete or inaccurate revenue 
recognition, including the calculation 
and classification of special dividends 
and option premium income as 
revenue or capital in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income 
(as described on page 76 in the 
Report of the Audit and Management 
Engagement Committee and as per 
the accounting policy set out on pages 
96 and 97 and note 3 to the financial 
statements).

The total income from investments 
received for the year to 30 November 
2020 was £3.62m (2019: £4.34m), 
consisting primarily of dividend 
income from listed investments. The 
option premium income for the year 
was £1.24m (2019: £1.29m).

There is a risk of incomplete or 
inaccurate recognition of revenue 
through the failure to recognise 
proper income entitlements or to 
apply an appropriate accounting 
treatment.

We performed the following 
procedures: 
We obtained an understanding 
of The Bank of New York Mellon 
(International) Limited (BNYM) and 
BlackRock Fund Managers Limited’s 
(the Manager) processes and controls 
around revenue recognition, including 
the classification of special dividends 
and option premium income, by 
reviewing their internal controls reports 
and performing our walkthrough 
procedures. For the classification of 
special dividends and option premium 
income, we also evaluated the design 
and implementation of controls.

For a sample of dividends and fixed 
interest payments, we recalculated 
the investment income by multiplying 
the investment holdings at the 
ex-dividend date, traced from the 
accounting records, by the dividend 
per share/coupon rate, as agreed to an 
independent data vendor. We agreed 
this sample to bank statements and, 
where applicable, we also agreed the 
exchange rates to an external source.

Section 4: Financial statements  83

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Independent auditor’s report

continued

Risk

Our response to the risk

Key observations communicated to the 
Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee 

Special dividends
The Directors are required to 
exercise judgement in determining 
whether income receivable in the 
form of special dividends should be 
classified as ‘revenue’ or ‘capital’ 
in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. 

During the year, the Group received 
no special dividends (2019: £0.23m 
classified as revenue, £0.66m 
classified as capital).

Option premium income
Options may be purchased or 
written over securities held in the 
portfolio for generating or protecting 
capital returns, or for generating or 
maintaining revenue returns. As such, 
there is a manual and judgemental 
element in allocating option premium 
income between revenue and capital, 
based on the underlying intention 
for writing the option. Based on the 
above, there is a risk that the option 
premium income is incorrectly 
allocated to revenue or capital.

In the year ended 30 November 2020, 
all option premium income received 
was allocated to revenue.

To test the completeness of ordinary 
and special dividends, we agreed all 
dividends received on investments 
held from an independent data vendor 
to the income recorded by the Group.

For all dividends and fixed interest 
income accrued at the year end, we 
agreed the income entitlement to an 
independent data vendor and agreed 
the amount receivable to post year-
end bank statements, if paid post year 
end.

We obtained the income report and 
the acquisition and disposal report 
produced by BNYM to identify special 
dividends received or accrued during 
the year, above our testing threshold. 
For all dividends above our testing 
threshold, we agreed the dividend type 
to an independent data vendor. We 
identified no special dividends, above 
our testing threshold. 

For a sample of option premia 
received, we agreed the key 
transaction details (i.e. contract size, 
number of contracts and contract 
price) to trade tickets, recalculated 
the option premium income and 
confirmed the income was correctly 
amortised over the life of the options. 
We agreed this sample to bank 
statements and, where applicable, we 
also agreed the exchange rates to an 
external source.

We obtained the Manager’s summary 
for writing the options and challenged 
that the option premia have been 
correctly allocated to revenue based 
on the underlying intention for writing 
the option, and in accordance with the 
Group’s accounting policy.

84  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Key observations communicated to the 
Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee 

What we reported to the Audit and 
Management Engagement Committee:
The results of our procedures identified 
no material misstatement in relation to 
incorrect valuation or ownership of the 
investment portfolio and derivatives. 
Based on the work performed we had 
no matters to report to the Audit and 
Management Engagement Committee.

Risk

Our response to the risk

Incorrect valuation or ownership of the 
investment portfolio and derivatives 
(as described on page 76 in the 
Report of the Audit and Management 
Engagement Committee and as per 
the accounting policy set out on 
page 97 and note 10 to the financial 
statements).

We performed the following 
procedures:
We obtained an understanding 
of BNYM’s process surrounding 
investment and derivative pricing by 
reviewing their internal control reports 
and performing our walkthrough 
procedures.

The valuation of the listed investment 
portfolio is £97.58m (2019: £98.55m). 
The written option contracts amount 
to a net liability of £0.01m (2019: net 
liability of £0.03m).

The valuation of the instruments 
held in the investment portfolio is the 
key driver of the Group’s net asset 
value and total return. Incorrect asset 
pricing or a failure to maintain proper 
legal title of the instruments held by 
the Group could have a significant 
impact on the portfolio valuation and, 
therefore, the return generated for 
shareholders.

The fair value of listed investments 
is determined using quoted market 
bid prices at close of business on the 
reporting date. The value of option 
contracts is marked-to-market to 
reflect the fair value of the option 
based on traded prices.

For all listed investments and 
derivatives in the portfolio, we 
compared the market prices and 
exchange rates applied to an 
independent pricing vendor and 
recalculated the investment and 
derivative valuations as at the year-
end.

We inspected the stale pricing reports 
produced by BNYM to identify prices 
that have not changed and verified 
whether the listed price is a valid fair 
value.

We compared the Group’s investment 
holdings at 30 November 2020 to 
independent confirmations received 
directly from the Group’s Custodian 
and Depositary, testing any reconciling 
items to supporting documentation. 
We agreed all year-end open derivative 
positions to confirmations received 
independently from the Group’s Broker.

Section 4: Financial statements  85

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Independent auditor’s report

continued

Key observations communicated to the 
Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee 

What we reported to the Audit and 
Management Engagement Committee:
As a result of our procedures, we have 
determined that the Directors’ conclusion 
that there is no material uncertainty 
relating to going concern is appropriate. 
We have reviewed the disclosures relating 
to going concern and COVID-19 and 
determined that they are appropriate.

Risk

Impact of COVID-19 (as described on 
pages 40 to 44 in the Strategic Report, 
page 77 in the Report of the Audit and 
Management Engagement Committee 
and as per the accounting policy set 
out on page 95).

The COVID-19 pandemic has 
adversely impacted global commercial 
activity and contributed to significant 
volatility in global equity and debt 
markets. As of the date of our audit 
report, the longer-term impact 
remains uncertain. This uncertainty 
had an impact on our risk assessment 
and, as a result, on our audit of the 
financial statements. 

The COVID-19 pandemic had the most 
significant impact on our audit of the 
financial statements in the following 
areas:

Going concern
There is increased uncertainty in 
certain of the assumptions underlying 
the Directors’ assessment of future 
prospects, which includes the ability 
of the Group to meet debt covenants 
and the ability to fund ongoing costs.

Financial statements disclosures
There is a risk that the impact of 
COVID-19 is not adequately disclosed 
in the financial statements.

Our response to the risk

We performed the following 
procedures:

Going Concern 
We inspected the Directors’ 
assessment of going concern, which 
includes consideration of the impact 
of COVID-19 and challenged the 
assumptions made in the preparation 
of the revenue and expense forecast. 
We have agreed the inputs and 
assumptions used in the assessment 
to historically observed results of the 
Group.

We inspected the Directors’ 
assessment of the risk of breaching 
the debt covenants as a result of a 
reduction in the value of the Group’s 
portfolio. We recalculated the Group’s 
compliance with debt covenants in the 
scenarios assessed by the Directors.

Financial statements disclosures
We reviewed the adequacy of the 
going concern and COVID-19 
disclosures by evaluating whether they 
were consistent with the Directors’ 
assessment. We reviewed the 
disclosures for compliance with the 
reporting requirements.

In the prior year, our auditor’s report included two key audit 
matters in relation to ‘Incomplete or inaccurate revenue 
recognition, including classification of special dividends 
as revenue or capital items in the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income’ and ‘Incorrect calculation and 
classification of option premium income’. In the current year, 
we combined the prior year key audit matters into one key 
audit matter, ‘Incomplete or inaccurate revenue recognition, 
including the calculation and classification of special 
dividends and option premium income as revenue or capital 
in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.’ 
Additionally, we re-assessed the risks determined in the prior 
year and, due to the uncertainty in global markets caused by 
the COVID-19 pandemic, we revised our risk assessment to 
include the key audit matter ‘Impact of COVID-19’.

An overview of the scope of our audit
Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our evaluation of materiality 
and our allocation of performance materiality determine our 
audit scope for each entity within the Group. Taken together, 
this enables us to form an opinion on the consolidated 
financial statements. We take into account size, risk profile, 
the organisation of the Group and effectiveness of group-
wide controls and changes in the business environment 
when assessing the level of work to be performed at each 
entity.

We performed an audit of the complete financial information 
of both the Parent Company and its subsidiary, BlackRock 
Energy and Resources Securities Income Company Limited 
(“full scope components”).

86  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600All audit work performed for the purposes of the audit was 
undertaken by the Group audit team.

Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are 
considered as being clearly trivial.

Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and 
performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified 
misstatements on the audit and in forming our audit opinion. 

Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, 
individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of the users 
of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for 
determining the nature and extent of our audit procedures.

We determined materiality for the Group and Parent 
Company to be £0.92m (2019: £0.86m), which is 1% (2019: 
1%) of net assets. We believe net assets to be the most 
important financial metric on which shareholders would 
judge the performance of the Group and Parent Company. 

During the course of our audit, we reassessed initial 
materiality and found no reason to alter the basis of 
calculation used at year end.

Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account 
or balance level. It is set at an amount to reduce to an 
appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate 
of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds 
materiality.

On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our 
assessment of the Group’s overall control environment, 
our judgement was that performance materiality was 75% 
(2019: 75%) of our planning materiality, namely £0.69m 
(2019: £0.64m). We have set performance materiality at 
this percentage due to our past experience of the audit that 
indicates a lower risk of misstatements, both corrected and 
uncorrected.

Audit work at component locations for the purpose of 
obtaining audit coverage over significant financial statement 
accounts is undertaken based on a percentage of total 
performance materiality. The performance materiality set for 
each component is based on the relative scale and risk of the 
component to the Group as a whole and our assessment of 
the risk of misstatement at that component. In the current 
year, performance materiality allocated to BlackRock Energy 
and Resources Securities Income Company Limited was 
£0.05m (2019: £0.05m).

Given the importance of the distinction between revenue and 
capital for the Group we have also applied a separate testing 
threshold of £0.22m (2019: £0.25m) for the revenue column 
of the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, 
being 5% (2019: 5%) of the net profit on ordinary activities 
before taxation.

We agreed with the Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected 
audit differences in excess of £0.05m (2019: £0.04m), which 
is set at 5% of planning materiality, as well as differences 
below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds.

We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the 
quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in 
light of other relevant qualitative considerations in forming 
our opinion.

Other information 
The other information comprises the information included 
in the Annual Report set out on pages 1 to 79 and 119 to 
142, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s 
report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other 
information. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover 
the other information and, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in this report, we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our 
responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing 
so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge 
obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies 
or apparent material misstatements, we are required to 
determine whether there is a material misstatement in the 
financial statements or a material misstatement of the other 
information. If, based on the work we have performed, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of the other 
information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

In this context, we also have nothing to report in regard to our 
responsibility to specifically address the following items in 
the other information and to report as uncorrected material 
misstatements of the other information where we conclude 
that those items meet the following conditions:

•   Fair, balanced and understandable set out on pages 78 
and 79 – the statement given by the Directors that they 
consider the Annual Report and financial statements 
taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable 
and provides the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s performance, business model and 
strategy, is materially inconsistent with our knowledge 
obtained in the audit; or 

Section 4: Financial statements  87

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Independent auditor’s report

continued

•   Audit and Management Engagement Committee 
reporting set out on pages 74 to 78 – the section 
describing the work of the Audit and Management 
Engagement Committee does not appropriately 
address matters communicated by us to the Audit and 
Management Engagement Committee; or

•   Directors’ statement of compliance with the UK 

Corporate Governance Code set out on pages 68 to 73 – the 
parts of the Directors’ statement required under the Listing 
Rules relating to the Parent Company’s compliance with 
the UK Corporate Governance Code containing provisions 
specified for review by the auditor in accordance with Listing 
Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not properly disclose a departure from a 
relevant provision of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report to be audited has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of 
the audit:

•   the information given in the Strategic Report and the 
Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the 
financial statements; and 

•   the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been 

prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by 
exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group 
and the Parent Company and its environment obtained 
in the course of the audit, we have not identified material 
misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Directors’ 
Report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters 
in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to 
report to you if, in our opinion:

•   adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•   the Parent Company financial statements and the part of 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not 
in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•   certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by 

law are not made; or

•   we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit.

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities in Respect of the Annual Report and 
Financial Statements set out on page 79, the Directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, 
and for such internal control as the Directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are 
responsible for assessing the Group and Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as 
applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and 
to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is 
not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements. 

Explanation as to what extent the audit was 
considered capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud
The objectives of our audit, in respect to fraud, are; to 
identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of 
the financial statements due to fraud; to obtain sufficient 
appropriate audit evidence regarding the assessed risks 
of material misstatement due to fraud, through designing 
and implementing appropriate responses; and to respond 
appropriately to fraud or suspected fraud identified during 
the audit. However, the primary responsibility for the 
prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those 
charged with governance of the entity and management. 

Our approach was as follows: 

•   We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory 

frameworks that are applicable to the Group and 
determined that the most significant are International 
Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006, the Companies Act 2006, the 
Listing Rules, the UK Corporate Governance Code, the AIC 
Code and section 1158 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010.

88  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, 
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report 
and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by 
law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members as a 
body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we 
have formed.

MATTHEW PRICE (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor

London
4 February 2021

Notes:
1. 

 The maintenance and integrity of the BlackRock 
Energy and Resources Income Trust plc web site is the 
responsibility of BlackRock; the work carried out by the 
auditors does not involve consideration of these matters 
and, accordingly, the auditors accept no responsibility 
for any changes that may have occurred to the financial 
statements since they were initially presented on the web 
site.

2. 

 Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

•   We understood how BlackRock Energy and Resources 
Income Trust plc is complying with those frameworks 
through discussions with the Audit and Management 
Engagement Committee and the Company Secretary and a 
review of the Group’s documented policies and procedures.

•   We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial 

statements to material misstatement, including how fraud 
might occur by considering the key risks impacting the 
financial statements. We identified a fraud risk with respect 
to incomplete or inaccurate revenue recognition, including 
the calculation and classification of special dividends 
and option premium income as revenue or capital in 
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. 
Further discussion of our approach is set out in the section 
on key audit matters above.

•   Based on this understanding we designed our audit 

procedures to identify non-compliance with such laws 
and regulations. Our procedures involved review of the 
reporting to the Directors with respect to the application 
of the documented policies and procedures and review of 
the financial statements to ensure compliance with the 
reporting requirements of the Group.

•   We have reviewed that the Group’s control environment is 
adequate for the size and operating model of such a listed 
investment company.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements is located on the Financial 
Reporting Council’s website at https://www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our 
auditor’s report.

Other matters we are required to address
•   We were appointed by the Group to audit the financial 
statements for the year ended 30 November 2006 
and subsequent financial periods. The period of total 
uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals 
and reappointments is 15 years, covering periods from our 
appointment through to the period ended 30 November 
2020.

•   The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard were not provided to the Group or the Parent 
Company and we remain independent of the Group and 
the Parent Company in conducting the audit. 

•   The audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to 

the Audit and Management Engagement Committee.

Section 4: Financial statements  89

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income 

for the year ended 30 November 2020

Income from investments held at fair value through profit 
or loss

Other income

Total revenue

Notes

Revenue 
2020

Revenue 
2019

Capital
2020

Capital
2019

Total 
2020

Total 
2019

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

3 

3 

3,618 

1,325 

4,336 

1,308 

4,943 

5,644 

– 

– 

– 

658 

– 

3,618 

1,325 

4,994 

1,308 

658 

4,943 

6,302 

Net profit/(loss) on investments and options held at fair 
value through profit or loss

10 

Net (loss)/profit on foreign exchange

– 

– 

– 

– 

6,307 

(585)

6,307 

(585)

4,943 

5,644 

6,258 

(49)

25 

98 

(49)

25 

11,201 

5,742 

Total

Expenses

Investment management fee

Other operating expenses

Total operating expenses

Net profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before finance 
costs and taxation

Finance costs

Net profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation

Taxation

Net profit/(loss) on ordinary activities after taxation

Earnings/(loss) per ordinary share (pence)

4 

5 

6 

7 

9 

(133)

(388)

(521)

(237)

(404)

(641)

(469)

(711)

(6)

(5)

(602)

(394)

(948)

(409)

(475)

(716)

(996)

(1,357)

4,422 

5,003 

5,783 

(618)

10,205 

4,385 

(9)

(49)

(26)

(148)

(35)

(197)

4,413 

4,954 

5,757 

(766)

10,170 

4,188 

487 

(376)

50 

42 

537 

(334)

4,900 

4,578 

5,807 

(724)

10,707 

3,854 

 4.31 

3.97 

5.12 

(0.63)

9.43 

3.34 

The total column of this statement represents the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income, prepared in accordance 
with International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and International 
Financial Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union. 
The supplementary revenue and capital columns are both prepared under guidance published by the Association of 
Investment Companies (AIC). All items in the above statement derive from continuing operations. No operations were acquired 
or discontinued during the year. All income is attributable to the equity holders of the Group. 

The Group does not have any other comprehensive income/(loss). The net profit/(loss) for the year disclosed above represents 
the Group’s total comprehensive income/(loss).

The notes on pages 95 to 118 form part of these financial statements.

90  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Consolidated statement of changes 
in equity

for the year ended 30 November 2020

Called
up share
capital

Share
premium
account

Notes

Special
reserve

Capital
reserve

Revenue
reserve

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

Total

£’000

Group

For the year ended 30 November 2020

At 30 November 2019

Total comprehensive income:

Net profit for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly to equity:

Ordinary shares purchased into treasury

14, 15 

Share purchase costs

Dividends paid1

At 30 November 2020

For the year ended 30 November 2019

At 30 November 2018

Total comprehensive income:

Net (loss)/profit for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly to equity:

Ordinary shares purchased into treasury

Share purchase costs

Dividends paid2

At 30 November 2019

15 

8 

8

1,190 

46,977 

67,241 

(33,604)

4,141 

85,945 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

5,807 

4,900 

10,707 

(462)

(4)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(462)

(4)

(4,544)

(4,544)

1,190 

46,977 

66,775 

(27,797)

4,497 

91,642 

1,190 

46,977 

68,873 

(32,880)

3,949 

88,109 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

- 

(724)

4,578 

3,854 

(1,390)

(10)

(232)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1,390)

(10)

(4,386)

(4,618)

1,190 

46,977 

67,241 

(33,604)

4,141 

85,945 

1 

2 

 4th interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 2019, declared on 10 December 2019 and paid on 20 January 2020; 1st interim dividend 
of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 2020, declared on 17 March 2020 and paid on 23 April 2020; 2nd interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the 
year ended 30 November 2020, declared on 9 June 2020 and paid on 17 July 2020 and 3rd interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 
2020, declared on 15 September 2020 and paid on 20 October 2020.
 4th interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 2018, declared on 11 December 2018 and paid on 18 January 2019; 1st interim dividend 
of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 2019, declared on 12 March 2019 and paid on 18 April 2019; 2nd interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the 
year ended 30 November 2019, declared on 11 June 2019 and paid on 19 July 2019 and 3rd interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 
2019, declared on 17 September 2019 and paid on 22 October 2019. 

The notes on pages 95 to 118 form part of these financial statements.

Section 4: Financial statements  91

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Parent company statement of changes 
in equity

for the year ended 30 November 2020

Called
up share
capital

Share
premium
account

Notes

Special
reserve

Capital
reserve

Revenue
reserve

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

Total

£’000

Company

For the year ended 30 November 2020

At 30 November 2019

Total comprehensive income:

Net profit for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly to equity:

Ordinary shares purchased into treasury

14, 15 

Share purchase costs

Dividends paid1

At 30 November 2020

For the year ended 30 November 2019

At 30 November 2018

Total comprehensive income:

Net profit for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly to equity:

Ordinary shares purchased into treasury

Share purchase costs

Dividends paid2

At 30 November 2019

15 

8 

8

1,190 

46,977 

67,241 

(30,988)

1,525 

85,945 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

6,166 

4,541 

10,707 

(462)

(4)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(462)

(4)

(4,544)

(4,544)

1,190 

46,977 

66,775 

(24,822)

1,522 

91,642 

1,190 

46,977 

68,873 

(31,444)

2,513 

88,109 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

456 

3,398 

3,854 

(1,390)

(10)

(232)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1,390)

(10)

(4,386)

(4,618)

1,190 

46,977 

67,241 

(30,988)

1,525 

85,945 

1 

2 

 4th interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 2019, declared on 10 December 2019 and paid on 20 January 2020; 1st interim dividend 
of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 2020, declared on 17 March 2020 and paid on 23 April 2020; 2nd interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the 
year ended 30 November 2020, declared on 9 June 2020 and paid on 17 July 2020 and 3rd interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 
2020, declared on 15 September 2020 and paid on 20 October 2020.  
 4th interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 2018, declared on 11 December 2018 and paid on 18 January 2019; 1st interim dividend 
of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 2019, declared on 12 March 2019 and paid on 18 April 2019; 2nd interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the 
year ended 30 November 2019, declared on 11 June 2019 and paid on 19 July 2019 and 3rd interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 
2019, declared on 17 September 2019 and paid on 22 October 2019.  

For information on the Company’s distributable reserves please refer to note 15 on page 105.

The notes on pages 95 to 118 form part of these financial statements.

92  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Consolidated and parent company 
statements of financial position

as at 30 November 2020

30 November 2020

30 November 2019

Notes

Group

£’000

Company

£’000

Group

£’000

Company

£’000

10

12

13

10

14

15

15

Non current assets

Investments held at fair value through profit or 
loss

Current assets

Other receivables

Cash collateral held with brokers

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Other payables

Derivative financial liabilities held at fair value 
through profit or loss

Bank overdraft

Total current liabilities

Net assets

Equity attributable to equity holders

Called up share capital

Share premium account

Special reserve

Capital reserves

At 1 December

Net profit/(loss) for the year

At 30 November

Revenue reserve

At 1 December

Net profit for the year

Dividends paid

At 30 November

Total equity

Net asset value per ordinary share (pence)

9

97,580 

101,375 

98,554 

101,990 

355 

163 

8 

526 

2,874 

– 

8 

2,882 

519 

218 

– 

737 

3,008 

– 

– 

3,008 

98,106 

104,257 

99,291 

104,998 

(708)

(11)

(5,745)

(6,464)

91,642 

1,190 

46,977 

66,775 

(33,604)

5,807 

(27,797)

4,141 

4,900 

(4,544)

4,497 

91,642 

80.76 

(487)

(11)

(12,117)

(12,615)

91,642 

1,190 

46,977 

66,775 

(30,988)

6,166 

(24,822)

1,525 

4,541 

(4,544)

1,522 

91,642 

80.76 

(727)

(30)

(12,589)

(13,346)

85,945 

1,190 

46,977 

67,241 

(32,880)

(724)

(33,604)

3,949 

4,578 

(4,386)

4,141 

85,945 

75.28 

(654)

(30)

(18,369)

(19,053)

85,945 

1,190 

46,977 

67,241 

(31,444)

456 

(30,988)

2,513 

3,398 

(4,386)

1,525 

85,945 

75.28 

The financial statements on pages 90 to 118 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 4 February 
2021 and signed on its behalf by Ed Warner, Chairman.

BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc

Registered in England, No. 5612963

The notes on pages 95 to 118 form part of these financial statements.

Section 4: Financial statements  93

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Consolidated and parent company cash 
flow statements

for the year ended 30 November 2020

Operating activities

Net profit on ordinary activities before taxation

Add back finance costs

Net (profit)/loss on investments and options held at fair 
value through profit or loss (including transaction costs)

Net loss/(profit) on foreign exchange

Sales of investments held at fair value through profit or 
loss

Purchases of investments held at fair value through profit 
or loss

Decrease/(increase) in other receivables

(Decrease)/increase in other payables

Net movement in cash collateral held with brokers

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities 
before taxation

Taxation paid

Refund of UK corporation tax

Taxation on investment income included within gross 
income

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

Financing activities

Interest paid

Payments for share purchases

Share purchase costs paid

Dividends paid

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Change in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Comprised of:

Cash at bank

Bank overdraft

30 November 2020

30 November 2019

Group

£’000

Company

£’000

Group

£’000

Company

£’000

10,170 

35 

(6,307)

49 

9,949 

30 

(6,666)

86 

4,188 

197 

585 

(25)

4,061 

197 

(595)

(24)

94,723 

94,723 

34,855 

34,855 

(87,461)

(87,461)

(39,831)

171 

(167)

55 

141 

(167)

– 

11,268 

10,635 

(73)

946 

(195)

11,946 

(35)

(462)

(4)

(4,544)

(5,045)

6,901 

(49)

6,852 

(12,589)

(5,737)

8 

(5,745)

(5,737)

– 

946 

(195)

11,386 

(30)

(462)

(4)

(4,544)

(5,040)

6,346 

(86)

6,260 

(18,369)

(12,109)

8 

(12,117)

(12,109)

(43)

23 

1,795 

1,744 

(245)

– 

(209)

1,290 

(197)

(1,390)

(10)

(4,618)

(6,215)

(4,925)

25 

(4,900)

(7,689)

(12,589)

– 

(12,589)

(12,589)

(39,831)

(150)

23 

– 

(1,464)

– 

– 

(209)

(1,673)

(197)

(1,390)

(10)

(4,618)

(6,215)

(7,888)

24 

(7,864)

(10,505)

(18,369)

– 

(18,369)

(18,369)

The notes on pages 95 to 118 form part of these financial statements.

94  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Notes to the financial statements

for the year ended 30 November 2020

1. Principal activity
The principal activity of the Company is that of an investment 
trust company within the meaning of section 1158 of the 
Corporation Tax Act 2010. The Company was incorporated on 
4 November 2005 and this is the fifteenth Annual Report.

the Manager, have in place to maintain operational resilience 
on the going concern of the Company. The Directors have 
reviewed compliance with the covenants associated with 
the bank overdraft facility, income and expense projections 
and the liquidity of the investment portfolio in making their 
assessment.

2. Accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group and 
Company are set out below.

(a) Basis of preparation
The Group and Company financial statements have been 
prepared under the historic cost convention modified by 
the revaluation of financial assets and financial liabilities 
held at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with 
International Accounting Standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards 
the Group financial statements, International Financial 
Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) 
No. 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union, and, 
as regards the Company financial statements, as applied 
in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 
2006. The Company has taken advantage of the exemption 
provided under Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not 
to publish its individual Statement of Comprehensive Income 
and related notes. All of the Group’s operations are of a 
continuing nature.

Insofar as the Statement of Recommended Practice (SORP) 
for investment trust companies and venture capital trusts 
issued by the Association of Investment Companies (AIC) 
in October 2019, is compatible with IFRS, the financial 
statements have been prepared in accordance with guidance 
set out in the SORP. 

The revised SORP issued in October 2019 is applicable 
for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 
2019. As a result, for the Group, the loss on disposal of 
investments of £5,542,000 (2019: gain of £359,000) and 
gain on revaluation of investments of £11,849,000 (2019: 
loss of £944,000) have now been combined in note 10. 
For the Company, the loss on disposal of investments of 
£5,542,000 (2019: gain of £359,000) and gain on revaluation 
of investments of £12,208,000 (2019: gain of £236,000) have 
now been combined in note 10. The result of this change in 
presentation has no impact on the net asset value or total 
return for both the current year and prior year. No other 
accounting policies or disclosures have changed as a result 
of the revised SORP.

Substantially, all of the assets of the Group consist of 
securities that are readily realisable and, accordingly, the 
Directors believe that the Group has adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. Consequently, the Directors have determined that it 
is appropriate for the financial statements to be prepared 
on a going concern basis. The Directors have considered 
any potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the 
mitigation measures which key service providers, including 

The Group’s financial statements are presented in sterling, 
which is the functional currency of the Group and the 
currency of the primary economic environment in which 
the Group operates. All values are rounded to the nearest 
thousand pounds (£’000) except when otherwise indicated.

IFRS standards that have recently been adopted:
IFRS 16 – Leases
The Group adopted IFRS 16 as of the date of initial 
application of 1 December 2019. IFRS specifies accounting 
for leases and removes the distinction between operating 
and finance leases. The standard is not applicable to the 
Group as it has no leases. 

IFRS standards that have yet to be adopted:
Amendments to IFRS 3 - definition of a business (effective 
1 January 2020). This amendment revises the definition of a 
business. According to feedback received by the International 
Accounting Standards Board, application of the current 
guidance is commonly thought to be too complex and it 
results in too many transactions qualifying as business 
combinations. The standard has been endorsed by the EU. 
This standard is unlikely to have any impact on the Group.

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 - definition of material 
(effective 1 January 2020). The amendments to IAS 1, 
‘Presentation of Financial Statements’, and IAS 8, ‘Accounting 
Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors’, 
and consequential amendments to other IFRSs require 
companies to:

(i) 

 use a consistent definition of materiality throughout 
IFRSs and the Conceptual Framework for Financial 
Reporting;

(ii)  clarify the explanation of the definition of material; and

(iii)  incorporate some of the guidance of IAS 1 about 

immaterial information.

This standard has been endorsed by the EU. This standard is 
unlikely to have any impact on the Group.

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 - interest 
rate benchmark reform (effective 1 January 2020). These 
amendments provide certain reliefs in connection with the 
interest rate benchmark reform. The reliefs relate to hedge 
accounting and have the effect that the Inter Bank Offer Rate 
(IBOR) reform should not generally cause hedge accounting 
to terminate. However, any hedge ineffectiveness should 
continue to be recorded in the income statement. Given the 
pervasive nature of hedges involving IBOR based contracts, 
the reliefs will affect companies in all industries.

Section 4: Financial statements  95

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Notes to the financial statements

continued

This standard has been endorsed by the EU. This standard is 
unlikely to have any significant impact on the Group.

IFRS 17 - insurance contracts (effective 1 January 2021). 
This standard replaces IFRS 4, which currently permits a wide 
variety of practices in accounting for insurance contracts. 
IFRS 17 will fundamentally change the accounting by all 
entities that issue insurance contracts and investment 
contracts with discretionary participation features. The 
standard has not been endorsed by the EU. This standard 
is unlikely to have any impact on the Group as it has no 
insurance contracts.

(b) Basis of consolidation
The Group’s financial statements are made up to 30 
November each year and consolidate the financial 
statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, 
which is registered and operates in England and Wales, 
BlackRock Energy and Resources Securities Income 
Company Limited (together ‘the Group’).

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their 
acquisition, being the date on which the Company obtains 
control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that 
such control ceases. The financial statements of subsidiaries 
used in the preparation of the consolidated financial 
statements are based on consistent accounting policies. All 
intra-group balances and transactions, including unrealised 
profits arising therefrom, are eliminated. The subsidiary is 
not considered to be an investment entity.

(c) Presentation of the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income
In order to reflect better the activities of an investment trust 
company and in accordance with guidance issued by the AIC, 
supplementary information which analyses the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income between items of a 
revenue and a capital nature has been presented alongside 
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

(d) Segmental reporting
The Directors are of the opinion that the Group is engaged in 
a single segment of business being investment business.

(e) Income
Dividends receivable on equity shares are recognised as 
revenue for the year on an ex-dividend basis. Where no ex-
dividend date is available, dividends receivable on or before 
the year end are treated as revenue for the year. Provision 
is made for any dividends not expected to be received. 
Special dividends, if any, are treated as a capital or a revenue 
receipt depending on the facts or circumstances of each 
dividend. The return on a debt security is recognised on a 
time apportionment basis so as to reflect the effective yield 
on the debt security. Interest income and deposit interest is 
accounted for on an accruals basis. 

Options may be purchased or written over securities held 
in the portfolio for generating or protecting capital returns, 

or for generating or maintaining revenue returns. Where 
the purpose of the option is the generation of income, the 
premium is treated as a revenue item. Where the purpose 
of the option is the maintenance of capital, the premium is 
treated as a capital item. 

Option premium income is recognised as revenue evenly over 
the life of the option contract and included in the revenue 
column of the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income unless the option has been written for the 
maintenance and enhancement of the Group’s investment 
portfolio and represents an incidental part of a larger capital 
transaction, in which case any premia arising are allocated 
to the capital column of the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income.

Where the Group has elected to receive its dividends in 
the form of additional shares rather than in cash, the cash 
equivalent of the dividend is recognised as revenue. Any 
excess in the value of the shares received over the amount of 
the cash dividend is recognised in capital. 

(f) Expenses
All expenses, including finance costs, are accounted for 
on an accruals basis. Expenses have been charged wholly 
to the revenue column of the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income, except as follows:

•   expenses which are incidental to the acquisition or sale 
of an investment are charged to the capital column of 
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. 
Details of transaction costs on the purchases and sales of 
investments are disclosed within note 10 to the financial 
statements on page 103; 

•   expenses are treated as capital where a connection with 
the maintenance or enhancement of the value of the 
investments can be demonstrated; 

•   the investment management fee and finance costs have 

been allocated 75% to the capital column and 25% 
to the revenue column of the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income in line with the Board’s 
expectations of the long term split of returns, in the form of 
capital gains and income, respectively, from the investment 
portfolio. The investment management fee rebate accrued 
as a result of the application of the cap on Ongoing 
Charges of 1.25% per annum of average daily net assets is 
offset against management fees and is allocated between 
revenue and capital in the ratio of total Ongoing Charges 
allocated between revenue and capital during the year.

Finance costs incurred by the Subsidiary are charged 100% 
to revenue.

(g) Taxation
The Group accounts do not reflect any adjustment for group 
relief between the Company and the Subsidiary.

96  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently 
payable and deferred tax. The tax currently payable is based 
on the taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from 
net profit as reported in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income because it excludes items of income 
or expenses that are taxable or deductible in other years and 
it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. 
The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax 
rates that were applicable at the balance sheet date.

For all financial instruments not traded in an active market, 
the fair value is determined by using various valuation 
techniques. Valuation techniques include market approach 
(i.e., using recent arm’s length market transactions adjusted 
as necessary and reference to the current market value 
of another instrument that is substantially the same) and 
the income approach (e.g., discounted cash flow analysis 
and option pricing models making use of available and 
supportable market data as possible). 

Where expenses are allocated between capital and revenue, 
any tax relief in respect of expenses is allocated between 
capital and revenue returns on the marginal basis using 
the Company’s effective rate of corporation tax for the 
accounting period.

Deferred taxation is recognised in respect of all temporary 
differences that have originated but not reversed at the 
financial reporting date, where transactions or events that 
result in an obligation to pay more taxation in the future 
or right to pay less tax in the future have occurred at the 
financial reporting date. This is subject to deferred tax assets 
only being recognised if it is considered more likely than 
not that there will be suitable profits from which the future 
reversal of the temporary differences can be deducted. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the rates 
applicable to the legal jurisdictions in which they arise.

(h) Investments held at fair value through profit 
or loss
In accordance with IFRS 9, the Group classifies its 
investments at initial recognition as held at fair value 
through profit or loss and are managed and evaluated on a 
fair value basis in accordance with its investment strategy 
and business model.

All investments are measured initially and subsequently at 
fair value through profit or loss. Purchases of investments 
are recognised on a trade date basis. Sales of investments 
are recognised at the trade date of the disposal.

The fair value of the financial investments is based on their 
quoted bid price at the financial reporting date, without 
deduction for the estimated selling costs. This policy applies 
to all current and non current asset investments held by the 
Group.

The fair value of the investment in the subsidiary is 
calculated based on the net asset value of the underlying 
balances within the subsidiary.

Changes in the value of investments held at fair value 
through profit or loss and gains and losses on disposal are 
recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income as ‘Net profits or losses on investments held at fair 
value through profit of loss’. Also included within the heading 
are transaction costs in relation to the purchase or sale of 
investments.

(i) Options
Options are held at fair value through profit or loss based on 
the bid/offer prices of the options written to which the Group 
is exposed. The value of the option is subsequently marked-
to-market to reflect the fair value through profit or loss of the 
option based on traded prices. Where the premium is taken 
to revenue, an appropriate amount is shown as capital return 
such that the total return reflects the overall change in the 
fair value of the option. When an option is exercised, the gain 
or loss is accounted for as a capital gain or loss. Any cost on 
closing out an option is transferred to revenue along with any 
remaining unamortised premium.

(j) Other receivables and other payables
Other receivables and other payables do not carry any 
interest and are short term in nature and are accordingly 
stated on an amortised cost basis.

(k) Dividends payable
Under IFRS, final dividends should not be accrued in the 
financial statements unless they have been approved by 
shareholders before the financial reporting date. Interim 
dividends should not be accrued in the financial statements 
unless they have been paid.

Dividends payable to equity shareholders are recognised in 
the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity.

(l) Foreign currency translation
Transactions involving foreign currencies are converted at 
the rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency 
monetary assets and liabilities and non monetary assets held 
at fair value are translated into sterling at the rate ruling on 
the financial reporting date. Foreign exchange differences 
arising on translation are recognised in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income as a revenue or capital 
item depending on the income or expense to which they relate. 
For investment transactions and investments held at the year 
end, denominated in a foreign currency, the resulting gains or 
losses are included in the profit/(loss) on investments held at 
fair value through profit or loss in the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income.

(m) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash comprises cash in hand and on demand deposits. Cash 
equivalents are short term, highly liquid investments that are 
readily convertible to known amounts of cash and that are 
subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Section 4: Financial statements  97

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Notes to the financial statements

continued

(n) Bank borrowings
Bank overdrafts are recorded as the proceeds received. 
Finance charges are accounted for on an accruals basis 
in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
using the effective interest rate method and are added to the 
carrying amount of the instruments to the extent that they 
are not settled in the period in which they arise.

(o) Share repurchases
Shares repurchased and subsequently cancelled – share 
capital is reduced by the nominal value of the shares 
repurchased, and the capital redemption reserve is 
correspondingly increased in accordance with section 733 
of the Companies Act 2006. The full cost of the repurchase is 
charged to the special reserve. 

Shares repurchased and held in treasury – the full cost of the 
repurchase is charged to the special reserve.

Where treasury shares are subsequently reissued: 

•   amounts received to the extent of the repurchase price are 

credited to the special reserve; and

•   any surplus received in excess of the repurchase price is 

taken to the share premium account.

(p) Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the 
future. The resulting accounting estimates and assumptions 
will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. 
Estimates and judgements are regularly evaluated and 
are based on historical experience and other factors, 
including expectations of future events that are believed to 
be reasonable under the circumstances. The Directors do 
not believe that any accounting judgements or estimates 
have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to 
the carrying amount of assets and liabilities within the next 
financial year.

3. Income

Investment income:

UK dividends

UK special dividends

Overseas dividends

Overseas special dividends

Overseas scrip dividends

Fixed Income

Less provision for doubtful debts

Other income:

Deposit interest

Option premium income

Interest on corporation tax refund

Total income

2020

£’000

1,034 

– 

1,848 

– 

17 

722 

(3)

2019

£’000

1,485 

57 

1,707 

178 

– 

909 

– 

3,618 

4,336 

– 

1,241 

84 

1,325 

4,943 

14 

1,294 

– 

1,308 

5,644 

During the year, the Group received option premium income in cash totalling £1,238,000 (2019: £1,156,000) for writing 
covered call and put options for the purposes of revenue generation.

Option premium income is amortised evenly over the life of the option contract and accordingly, during the period, option 
premiums of £1,241,000 (2019: £1,294,000) were amortised to revenue. 

At 30 November 2020, there were 2 (2019: 2) open positions with an associated liability of £11,000 (2019: £30,000).

Dividends and interest received in cash during the year amounted to £2,867,000 and £680,000 (2019: £3,167,000 and 
£836,000).

No special dividends have been recognised in capital during the year (2019: £658,000).

98  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 66004. Investment management fee

Investment management fee

Expense rebate due from Manager

Total

2020

2019

Revenue

Capital

Total

Revenue

Capital

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

£’000

167 

(34)

133 

501 

(32)

469 

668 

(66)

602 

237 

– 

237 

711 

– 

711 

Total

£’000

948 

– 

948 

Up to 16 March 2020, the investment management fee was levied at the rate of 0.95% of gross assets per annum on the first 
£250 million of the Company’s gross assets reducing to 0.90% thereafter. With effect from 17 March 2020, the investment 
management fee is levied at 0.80% of gross assets per annum. 

Gross assets are calculated based on net assets before the deduction of the bank overdraft. 

The fee is allocated 25% to the revenue column and 75% to the capital column of the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. There is no additional fee for company secretarial and administration services.

In addition, effective from 17 March 2020, the Company is entitled to a rebate from the investment management fee charged by 
the Manager in the event the Company’s Ongoing Charges exceed the cap of 1.25% per annum of average daily net assets. The 
amount of rebate accrued as at 30 November 2020 amounted to £66,000 and has been adjusted in the investment management 
fee charged by the Manager. The rebate is offset against management fees and is allocated between revenue and capital in the 
ratio of total Ongoing Charges (as defined on pages 133 and 134) allocated between revenue and capital during the year.

5. Other operating expenses

2020

£’000

2019

£’000

Allocated to revenue:

Custody fee

Auditors’ remuneration:

– audit services1

Registrar’s fee

Directors’ emoluments2

Broker fees

Depositary fees

Marketing fees

Printing and postage fees

Legal and professional fees

Directors search fees

Bank charges

Stock exchange listings fees

Other administrative costs

Allocated to capital:

Custody transaction charges

4 

37 

30 

131 

23 

7 

32 

29 

16 

20 

7 

7 

45 

388 

6 

394 

4 

27 

30 

124 

23 

9 

29 

31 

21 

26 

15 

7 

58 

404 

5 

409 

The Company’s ongoing charges3, calculated as a percentage of average daily net assets and 
using the management fee and all other operating expenses excluding finance costs, direct 
transaction costs, custody transaction charges, VAT recovered, taxation and certain non-
recurring items were:

1.25%

1.48%

1  No non-audit services are provided by the Company’s auditors.
2  Further information on Directors’ emoluments can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 64. The Company has no employees.
3  Alternative Performance Measure, see Glossary on pages 132 to 134.

For the year ended 30 November 2020, expenses of £6,000 (2019: £5,000) were charged to the capital column of the Statement 
of Comprehensive Income. These relate to transaction costs charged by the custodian on sale and purchase trades.

Section 4: Financial statements  99

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Notes to the financial statements

continued

5. Other operating expenses continued
Effective 17 March 2020, the Company’s Ongoing Charges, as defined on page 133 (including the investment management 
fee), will be capped at 1.25% per annum of average daily net assets. The Company is entitled to a rebate from the investment 
management fee charged by the Manager in the event the Company’s Ongoing Charges exceed the cap. The rebate will apply 
to Ongoing Charges incurred by the Company from 17 March 2020. No cap was in place for Ongoing Charges incurred up to 
16 March 2020.

The overall cap on Ongoing Charges and any applicable rebate is calculated and accrued on a daily basis and will be adjusted 
in the investment management fee charged up to 30 November every year. See note 4 on page 99.

6. Finance costs

Interest payable – bank overdraft

Revenue 
£’000

9 

9 

2020

Capital 
£’000

26 

26 

Total 
£’000

Revenue 
£’000

35 

35 

49 

49 

2019

Capital 
£’000

148 

148 

Total 
£’000

197 

197 

Finance costs for the Company are charged 25% to the revenue column and 75% to the capital column of the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income. Subsidiary finance costs are charged 100% to the revenue column of the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income.

7. Taxation
(a) Analysis of (credit)/charge for the year

Corporation taxation

Double taxation relief

Reallocation of part of subsidiary’s tax charge

Prior years UK corporation tax adjustment (note 7(c))

Overseas tax suffered

Total taxation (credit)/charge (note 7(b))

Revenue 
£’000

2020

Capital 
£’000

298 

(20)

(7)

(946)

188 

(487)

(77)

20 

7 

–

– 

(50)

Revenue 
£’000

2019

Capital 
£’000

169 

(42)

– 

– 

– 

207 

376 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(42)

Total 
£’000

221 

– 

– 

(946)

188 

(537)

Total 
£’000

127 

– 

– 

– 

207 

334 

The AIC SORP states that any tax relief obtained on expenses should be allocated between capital and revenue on the 
assumption that expenses charged to revenue are matched first against taxable revenue items. Tax relief is only reflected in 
capital to the extent that ‘additional’ expenses are utilised from capital to reduce or eliminate the Investment Company’s tax 
liability. The amount of tax relief on such expenses should be the amount of corporation tax, or additional corporation tax, that 
would have been payable were it not for the existence of these ‘additional’ expenses.

In accordance with the HMRC taxation structure for the Group, the Company surrenders its excess management expenses 
to the subsidiary in order to reduce the taxation calculated on a standalone basis for the subsidiary. As Group relief is not 
charged between the Company and subsidiary, the Group accounts do not include any allocation of tax relief between capital 
and revenue as the substance of any such transfer within the group accounts would be a payment for group relief which is an 
inter-group transaction that is eliminated on consolidation. Consequently the consolidated financial statements do not reflect 
the marginal basis of taxation allocation as recommended by the SORP. The Board consider that including this adjustment 
would result in a misleading consolidated earnings per share figure.

Had the recommended approach within the SORP been adopted, the Company’s consolidated tax charge to the revenue 
column of the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income would have been increased by £21,000 (2019: £121,000) 
and this would have been offset by a credit to the tax charge in the capital column of the same primary statement for the 
same amount, resulting in a nil impact on the tax charge in the total column of the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income. There would have been no impact on either the parent company or the subsidiary company accounts.

Management expenses of £110,000 accounted for through the capital column of the income statement have been 
surrendered to the subsidiary for the year ended 30 November 2020 (2019: £639,000). In accordance with the Company’s 
accounting policy the transfer has been made for group tax relief between the Company and its subsidiary. 

100  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600(b) Factors affecting total tax charge for the year
The taxation assessed for the year is lower (2019: lower) than the standard rate of corporation taxation in the UK of 19.00% 
(2019: 19.00%). The differences are explained below: 

Net profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before taxation

4,413 

5,757 

10,170 

4,954 

(766)

Revenue 
£’000

2020

Capital 
£’000

Total 
£’000

Revenue 
£’000

2019

Capital 
£’000

Total 
£’000

4,188 

Net profit/(loss) on ordinary activities multiplied by 
standard rate of corporation tax at 19.00% (2019: 
19.00%)

Effects of:

Non taxable UK dividend income

Non taxable overseas dividend income

Non taxable overseas scrip dividends

Overseas tax suffered

Relief for overseas tax

Net profit on investments and options held at fair 
value through profit or loss

Net loss/(profit) on foreign exchange

Taxation effect of allowable expenses in capital

Disallowed expenses

Prior years UK corporation tax adjustment

838 

1,094 

1,932 

941 

(145)

796 

(197)

(326)

(3)

188 

(20)

– 

– 

(21) 

– 

(946)

– 

– 

– 

– 

16 

(197)

(326)

(3)

188 

(4)

(1,198)

(1,198)

16 

21 

1 

– 

16 

– 

1 

(946)

(1,325)

(1,144)

(2,469)

(293)

(358)

– 

207 

– 

– 

– 

(121)

– 

– 

(565)

376 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(14)

(5)

121 

1 

– 

103 

(42)

(293)

(358)

– 

207 

– 

(14)

(5)

– 

1 

– 

(462)

334 

Total taxation  (credit)/charge (note 7(a))

(487)

(50)

(537)

The Company is exempt from corporation tax on capital gains provided it maintains its status as an investment trust under 
Chapter 4 of Part 24 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010. Due to the Company’s intention to meet the conditions required to 
maintain its investment trust status, it has not provided for deferred tax on any capital gains or losses.

(c) UK Corporation Tax refund
The Company received a corporation tax repayment of £0.9 million from Her Majesty Revenue & Customs (HMRC) in the 
period. The refund related to corporation tax paid with respect to the years ended 2007, 2008 and 2009 and was issued as 
HMRC agreed that the Company was entitled to claim credit relief for the underlying tax associated with overseas dividends 
received in those periods.

8. Dividends

Divi dends paid on equity shares

Record date

Payment date

4th interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the 
year ended 30 November 2019 (2018: 1.00p) 

1st interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the 
year ended 30 November 2020 (2019: 1.00p)

2nd interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the 
year ended 30 November 2020 (2019: 1.00p)

3rd interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the 
year ended 30 November 2020 (2019: 1.00p)

Accounted for in the financial statements

20 December 2019

20 January 2020

27 March 2020

23 April 2020

19 June 2020

17 July 2020

25 September 2020

20 October 2020

2020

£’000

1,139 

1,135 

1,135 

1,135 

4,544 

2019

£’000

1,161 

1,161 

1,151 

1,145 

4,618 

The total dividends payable in respect of the year ended 30 November 2020 which form the basis of Section 1158 of the 
Corporation Tax act 2010 and Section 833 of the Companies Act 2006, and the amounts proposed, meet the relevant 
requirements as set out in this legislation.

Section 4: Financial statements  101

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Notes to the financial statements

continued

8. Dividends continued

Divi dends paid on equity shares

1st interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 2020 (2019: 1.00p) 

2nd interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 2020 (2019: 1.00p)

3rd interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 2020 (2019: 1.00p)

4th interim dividend of 1.00p per share for the year ended 30 November 20201 (2019: 1.00p)

2020

£’000

1,135 

1,135 

1,135 

1,135

4,540 

2019

£’000

1,161 

1,151 

1,145 

1,139 

4,596 

1  Based on 113,470,349 ordinary shares in issue on 18 December 2020.

9. Earnings and net asset value per ordinary share
Total revenue, capital return and net asset value per share are shown below and have been calculated using the following:

Net revenue profit attributable to ordinary shareholders (£’000)

Net capital profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders (£’000)

Total profit attributable to ordinary shareholders (£’000)

Total shareholders’ funds (£’000)

2020

4,900 

5,807 

10,707 

91,642 

2019

4,578 

(724)

3,854 

85,945 

The weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, on which the 
earnings per ordinary share was calculated was:

113,562,426 

115,379,743 

The actual number of ordinary shares in issue at the year end, on which the net asset value per 
ordinary share was calculated was: 

113,470,349 

114,170,349 

Earnings per share

Revenue earnings per share (pence)

Capital earnings/(loss) per share (pence)

Total earnings per share (pence)

Net asset value per ordinary share (pence)

Ordinary share price (pence)

There were no dilutive securities at the year end.

4.31 

5.12 

9.43 

3.97 

(0.63)

3.34 

As at  
30 November
2020

As at  
30 November
2019

80.76 

71.40 

75.28 

66.00 

102  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 660010. Investments held at fair value through profit or loss

UK listed equity investments held at fair value through 
profit or loss

Overseas listed equity investments held at fair value 
through profit or loss

Fixed income investments held at fair value through profit 
or loss

Investment in subsidiary held at fair value through profit 
or loss1

Group
2020

£’000

Company
2020

£’000

Group
2019

£’000

Company
2019

£’000

8,790 

8,790 

26,301 

26,301 

85,427 

85,427 

62,922 

62,922 

3,363 

– 

3,363 

3,795 

9,331 

– 

9,331 

3,436 

Total value of financial asset investments 

97,580 

101,375 

98,554 

101,990 

Derivative financial instruments - written option  
contracts

Total value of financial asset investments and 
derivatives at 30 November

Opening book cost of investments

Investment holding gains

Opening fair value

Analysis of transactions made during the year:

Purchases at cost

Sales proceeds received

Gains/(losses) on investments

Closing fair value

Closing book cost of investments

Closing investment holding gains

Closing fair value

Comprising of:

– Equity investments

–  Derivative financial instruments - written option 

contracts

Total

(11)

(11)

(30)

(30)

97,569 

96,611 

1,913 

98,524 

87,461 

(94,723)

6,307 

97,569 

83,807 

13,762 

97,569 

101,364 

96,611 

5,349 

101,960 

87,461 

(94,723)

6,666 

101,364 

83,807 

17,557 

101,364 

98,524 

91,276 

2,857 

94,133 

39,831 

(34,855)

(585)

98,524 

96,611 

1,913 

98,524 

101,960 

91,276 

5,113 

96,389 

39,831 

(34,855)

595 

101,960 

96,611 

5,349 

101,960 

97,580 

101,375 

98,554 

101,990 

(11)

(11)

(30)

(30)

97,569 

101,364 

98,524 

101,960 

1  Relates to wholly owned subsidiary, BlackRock Energy and Resources Securities Income Company Limited.

The Group and Company received £94,723,000 (2019: £34,855,000) from investments sold in the year. The book cost of these 
investments when they were purchased was £100,265,000 (2019: £34,496,000). These investments have been revalued over time 
and until they were sold and any unrealised gains/losses were included in the fair value of the investments.

The revised SORP issued in October 2019 is applicable for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. As a result, 
for the Group, the loss on disposal of investments of £5,542,000 (2019: gain of £359,000) and gain on revaluation of investments 
of £11,849,000 (2019: loss of £944,000) have now been combined in the note above. For the Company, the loss on disposal 
of investments of £5,542,000 (2019: gain of £359,000) and gain on revaluation of investments of £12,208,000 (2019: gain of 
£236,000) have now been combined in the note above. The result of this change in presentation has no impact on the net asset 
value or total return for both the current year and prior year. No other accounting policies or disclosures have changed as a result of 
the revised SORP.

During the year, transaction costs of £140,000 (2019: £67,000) were incurred on the acquisition of investments. Costs relating to 
the disposal of investments during the year amounted to £31,000 (2019: £9,000). All transaction costs have been included within 
the capital reserve.

Section 4: Financial statements  103

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Notes to the financial statements

continued

11. Investment in subsidiary
At 30 November 2020, the Company had one wholly owned subsidiary which is registered and operating in England and Wales 
and has been included in the consolidated financial statements. BlackRock Energy and Resources Securities Income Company 
Limited was incorporated on 9 November 2005. There are no non-controlling interests in the subsidiary.

The principal activity of the subsidiary, BlackRock Energy and Resources Securities Income Company Limited, is investment 
dealing and options writing. The registered office address for the subsidiary company is 12 Throgmorton Avenue, London 
EC2N 2DL. During the year, the subsidiary paid a dividend of £692,000 (2019: £nil) to the Company.

Description of 
ordinary shares

Authorised and issued  
share capital

BlackRock Energy and Resources Securities Income Company Limited

Ordinary shares 
of £1

12. Other receivables

Withholding tax recoverable

Prepayments and accrued income

Amounts receivable from subsidiary

13. Other payables

Accruals for expenses and interest payable

Taxation payable

14. Called up share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid share capital 
comprised:

Ordinary shares of 1 pence each

At 30 November 2019

Group
2020

£’000

17 

338 

– 

355 

Group
2020

£’000

487 

221 

708 

Company
2020

£’000

17 

338 

2,519 

2,874 

Company
2020

£’000

487 

– 

487 

Number of 
ordinary
shares

Treasury
shares

Total
shares

114,170,349 

4,795,651 

118,966,000 

2020

£1

Group
2019

£’000

10 

509 

– 

519 

Group
2019

£’000

654 

73 

727 

2019

£1

Company
2019

£’000

10 

509 

2,489 

3,008 

Company
2019

£’000

654 

– 

654 

Nominal
value
£’000

1,190 

– 

1,190 

Ordinary shares bought back into treasury

(700,000)

700,000 

–

At 30 November 2020

113,470,349 

5,495,651 

118,966,000 

During the year ended 30 November 2020, 700,000 (2019: 1,956,166) shares were bought back and transferred to treasury for 
a total consideration including costs of £466,000 (2019: £1,400,000).

Since the year end, no ordinary shares have been bought back.

104  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 660015. Reserves

Group

At 30 November 2019

Movement during the year:

Total comprehensive income:

Net capital (loss)/profit for the year

Net revenue profit for the year

Transactions with owners recorded directly to equity:

Ordinary shares purchased into treasury

Share purchase costs

Dividends paid

At 30 November 2020

Company

At 30 November 2019

Movement during the year:

Total comprehensive income:

Net capital (loss)/profit for the year

Net revenue profit for the year

Transactions with owners recorded directly to equity:

Ordinary shares purchased into treasury

Share purchase costs

Dividends paid

At 30 November 2020

Share 
premium 
account

£’000

Capital
reserve
arising on
investments
sold

£’000

Special 
reserve

£’000

46,977 

67,241 

(35,517)

Capital
reserve
arising on
revaluation
of
investments
held

£’000

1,913 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(462)

(4)

– 

(5,929)

11,736 

- 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Revenue 
reserve

£’000

4,141 

– 

4,900 

– 

–

(4,544)

46,977 

66,775 

(41,446)

13,649 

4,497 

Distributable reserves

Share 
premium 
account

£’000

Capital
reserve
arising on
investments
sold

£’000

Special 
reserve

£’000

46,977 

67,241 

(36,335)

Capital
reserve
arising on
revaluation
of
investments
held

£’000

5,347 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(462)

(4)

– 

(5,929)

12,095 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Revenue 
reserve

£’000

1,525 

– 

4,541 

– 

– 

(4,544)

46,977 

66,775 

(42,264)

17,442 

1,522 

The share premium account is not a distributable reserve under the Companies Act 2006. The special reserve and capital 
reserve of the Company may be used as distributable profits for all purposes and, in particular, for the repurchase by the 
Company of its ordinary shares and for payment as dividends. In accordance with the Company’s articles and its status as 
an investment company under the provisions of Section 1158 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010, net capital returns may be 
distributed by way of dividend. The reserves of the subsidiary company are not distributable until distributed as a dividend to 
the Company.

Section 4: Financial statements  105

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Notes to the financial statements

continued

16. Risk management policies and procedures
The Group’s investment activities expose it to various types of risks which are associated with the financial instruments 
and markets in which it invests. The following information is not intended to be a comprehensive summary of all risks and 
shareholders should refer to the Alternative Investment Fund Managers’ Directive FUND 3.2.2R Disclosures which can be 
found at blackrock.com/uk/beri for a more detailed discussion of the risks inherent in investing in the Group.

Risk management framework
The following information refers to the risk management framework of the Alternative Investment Fund Manager (AIFM). 
However, as disclosed in the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 68 to 73 and in the Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities on page 79, it is the ultimate responsibility of the Board to ensure that the Group’s risks are appropriately 
monitored, and to the extent that elements of this are delegated to third party service providers, the Board is responsible for 
ensuring that the relevant parties are discharging their duties in accordance with the terms of the relevant agreements and 
taking appropriate action to the extent issues are identified.

The Directors of the AIFM review quarterly investment performance reports and receive semi-annual presentations in person 
from the Investment Manager covering the Group’s performance and risk profile during the year. The AIFM has delegated 
the day-to-day administration of the investment programme to the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager is also 
responsible for ensuring that the Group is managed within the terms of its investment guidelines and limits set out in the 
Alternative Investment Fund Managers’ Directive FUND 3.2.2R Disclosures which can be found at blackrock.com/uk/beri. 

The AIFM is responsible for monitoring investment performance, product risk monitoring and oversight and has the 
responsibility for the monitoring and oversight of regulatory and operational risk for the Group. The Directors of the AIFM 
have appointed a Risk Manager who has responsibility for the daily risk management process with assistance from key risk 
management personnel of the Investment Manager, including members of the Risk and Quantitative Analysis Group (RQA) 
which is a centralised group which performs an independent risk management function. RQA independently identifies, 
measures and monitors investment risk and tracks the actual risk management practices being deployed across the Group. By 
breaking down the components of the process, RQA has the ability to determine if the appropriate risk management processes 
are in place. This captures the risk management tools employed, how the levels of risk are controlled, ensuring risk/return is 
considered in portfolio construction and reviewing outcomes.

The AIFM reports to the Audit and Management Engagement Committee twice yearly on key risk metrics and risk management 
processes; in addition, the Depositary monitors the performance of the AIFM and reports to the Audit Committee. Any 
significant issues are reported to the Board as they arise.

Risk Exposures
The risk exposures of the Group and Company are set out as follows:

(a) Market risk
Market risk arises mainly from uncertainty about future values of financial instruments influenced by other price, currency and 
interest rate movements. It represents the potential loss the Group may suffer through holding market positions in financial 
instruments in the face of market movements.

A key metric the RQA Group uses to measure market risk is Value-at-Risk (VaR) which encompasses price, currency and 
interest rate risk. VaR is a statistical risk measure that estimates the potential portfolio loss from adverse market moves in 
an ordinary market environment. VaR analysis reflects the interdependencies between risk variables, unlike a traditional 
sensitivity analysis.

The VaR calculations are based on a confidence level of 99% with a holding period of not greater than one day and a historical 
observation period of not less than one year (250 days). A VaR number is defined at a specified probability and a specified 
time horizon. A 99% one day VaR means that the expectation is that 99% of the time over a one day period the Company will 
lose less than this number in percentage terms. Therefore, higher VaR numbers indicate higher risk. It is noted that the use 
of VaR methodology has limitations, namely assumptions that risk factor returns are normally distributed and that the use of 
historical market data as a basis for estimating future events does not encompass all possible scenarios, particularly those 
that are of an extreme nature and that the use of a specified confidence level (e.g. 99%) does not take into account losses that 
occur beyond this level. There is some probability that the loss could be greater than the VaR amounts. These limitations, and 
the nature of the VaR measure, mean that the Company can neither guarantee that losses will not exceed the VaR amounts 
indicated, nor that losses in excess of the VaR amounts will not occur more frequently.

The one-day VaR for the Group and Company as of 30 November 2020 and 30 November 2019 (based on a 99% confidence 
level) was 6.28% and 2.66%, respectively.

106  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600(i) Market risk arising from other price risk
Exposure to other price risk
Other price risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in 
market prices (other than those arising from interest rate risk or currency risk), whether those changes are caused by factors 
specific to the individual financial instrument or its issuer, or factors affecting similar financial instruments traded in the 
market. Local, regional or global events such as war, acts of terrorism, the spread of infectious illness or other public health 
issues, recessions, or other events could have a significant impact on the Group and the market price of its investments and 
could result in increased premiums or discounts to the Group’s net asset value.

An outbreak of an infectious respiratory illness caused by a novel coronavirus known as COVID-19 was first reported in China 
in December 2019 and has now developed into a global pandemic. This coronavirus has resulted in travel restrictions, closed 
international borders, enhanced health screenings at ports of entry and elsewhere, disruption of and delays in healthcare 
service preparation and delivery, prolonged quarantines, cancellations, supply chain disruptions and lower consumer demand, 
as well as general concern and uncertainty. The impact of COVID-19 has adversely affected the economies of many nations 
across the entire global economy, individual issuers and capital markets, and could continue to extents that cannot necessarily 
be foreseen. In addition, the impact of infectious illnesses in emerging market countries may be greater due to generally less 
established healthcare systems. Public health crises caused by the COVID-19 outbreak may exacerbate other pre-existing 
political, social and economic risks in certain countries or globally. The duration of the COVID-19 outbreak and its effects 
cannot be determined with certainty.

The Group is exposed to market price risk arising from its equity investments and written options. The movements in the prices 
of these investments result in movements in the performance of the Group. Other price risk sensitivity has been covered by the 
VaR analysis under the market risk section above.

Use of derivatives
The Group may utilise both exchange traded and over-the-counter derivatives, including, but not limited to, options, as part 
of its investment policy. Options written by the Group provide the purchaser with the opportunity to purchase from or sell to 
the Group the underlying asset at an agreed-upon value either on or before the expiration of the option. Options are generally 
settled on a net basis.

Management of other price risk
By diversifying the portfolio, where this is appropriate and consistent with the Group’s objectives, the risk that a price change 
of a particular investment will have a material impact on the NAV of the Group is minimised which is in line with the investment 
objectives of the Group.

The Group’s exposure to other changes in market prices at 30 November 2020 on its equity and fixed income investments was 
£97,580,000 (2019: £98,554,000). In addition, the Group’s gross market exposure to these price changes through its option 
portfolio was £1,459,000 (2019: £1,764,000).

Section 4: Financial statements  107

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Notes to the financial statements

continued

16. Risk management policies and procedures continued
(ii) Market risk arising from foreign currency risk
Exposure to foreign currency risk
Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of 
changes in foreign exchange rates. Foreign currency sensitivity risk has been covered by the VaR analysis under the market 
risk section.

The fair values of the Group’s and Company’s monetary items which have foreign currency exposure at 30 November 2020 and 
30 November 2019 are shown below. Where equity investments which are not monetary items are denominated in a foreign 
currency, they have been included separately in the analysis so as to show the overall level of exposure.

2020

Receivables (due from brokers, dividends and other 
income receivable)

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivative financial liabilities at fair value through profit 
or loss

Total foreign currency exposure on net monetary items

Investments at fair value through profit or loss

Total net foreign currency exposure

2019

Receivables (due from brokers, dividends and other 
income receivable)

Derivative financial liabilities at fair value through profit 
or loss

Total foreign currency exposure on net monetary items

Investments at fair value through profit or loss

Total net foreign currency exposure

US
Dollar

£’000

227 

8 

(11)

224 

44,766 

44,990 

US
Dollar

£’000

391

(2)

389

47,263

47,652

Euro

£’000

16 

– 

– 

16 

Canadian
Dollar

£’000

– 

(10)

– 

(10)

Other

£’000

4 

– 

– 

4 

16,669 

16,685 

10,094 

10,084 

10,436 

10,440 

Canadian
Dollar

£’000

10

–

10

14,421

14,431

Euro

£’000

5

–

5

6,549

6,554

Other

£’000

–

–

–

4,021

4,021

Management of foreign currency risk
The Investment Manager monitors the Group’s exposure to foreign currencies on a daily basis and reports to the Board of the 
Group on a regular basis.

The Investment Manager measures the risk to the Group of the foreign currency exposure by considering the effect on the 
Group’s net asset value and income of a movement in the exchange rate to which the Group’s assets, liabilities, income and 
expenses are exposed.

The Group does not use financial instruments to mitigate the currency exposure in the period between the time that income 
is included in the financial statements and its receipt. Derivative contracts are not used to hedge against exposure to foreign 
currency risk.

Consequently, the Group is exposed to risks that the exchange rate of its reporting currencies relative to other currencies may 
change in a manner which has an adverse effect on the value of the portion of the Group’s assets which are denominated in 
currencies other than their own currencies.

108  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600(iii) Market risk arising from interest rate risk
Exposure to interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in 
market interest rates.

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk specifically through its fixed income investments, cash holdings and its borrowing 
facility for investment purposes. Interest rate movements may affect the level of income receivable from any cash at bank 
and on deposits. The effect of interest rate changes on the earnings of the companies held within the portfolio may have 
a significant impact on the valuation of the Group’s investments. Interest rate sensitivity risk has been covered by the VaR 
analysis under the market risk section.

Interest rate exposure
The exposure for the Group and Company at 30 November 2020 and 30 November 2019 of financial assets and liabilities to 
interest rate risk is shown by reference to:

•   floating interest rates – when the interest rate is due to be re-set; and 

•   fixed interest rates – when the financial instrument is due for repayment. 

Group

Exposure to floating interest rates:

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank overdraft

Exposure to fixed interest rates:

Fixed income investments

Total exposure to interest rates

Company

Exposure to floating interest rates:

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank overdraft

Exposure to fixed interest rates:

Fixed income investments

Total exposure to interest rates

2020

Within 
one 
 year

More 
than one 
year

£’000

£’000

2019

Within 
one 
 year

More 
than one 
year

£’000

£’000

Total

£’000

Total

£’000

8 

(5,745)

–

– 

8 

– 

(5,745)

(12,589)

– 

– 

– 

(12,589)

–

3,363 

3,363 

– 

9,331 

9,331 

(5,737)

3,363 

(2,374)

(12,589)

9,331 

(3,258)

2020

Within 
one 
 year

More 
than one 
year

£’000

£’000

2019

Within 
one 
 year

More 
than one 
year

£’000

£’000

Total

£’000

Total

£’000

8 

(12,117)

– 

– 

8 

–

(12,117)

(18,369)

–

– 

–

(18,369)

– 

3,363 

3,363 

– 

9,331 

9,331 

(12,109)

3,363 

(8,746)

(18,369)

9,331 

(9,038)

Interest rates received on cash balances or paid on bank overdrafts in sterling, respectively, is approximately 0.11% and 1.15% 
per annum (2019: 0.40% and 1.69% per annum).

Management of interest rate risk
The possible effects on fair value and cash flows that could arise as a result of changes in interest rates are taken into account 
when making investment decisions and borrowings under the overdraft facility.

The Group finances part of its activities through borrowings at levels approved and monitored by the Board of the Company. 
The Group, generally, does not hold significant balances, with short term borrowings being used when required. Derivative 
contracts are not used to hedge against the exposure to interest rate risk.

Section 4: Financial statements  109

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Notes to the financial statements

continued

16. Risk management policies and procedures continued
(b) Counterparty credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that the issuer of a financial instrument will fail to fulfil an obligation or commitment that it has entered 
into with the Group.

The Group is exposed to counterparty credit risk from the parties with which it trades and will bear the risk of settlement 
default. Counterparty credit risk to the Group arises from transactions to purchase or sell investments and through option 
writing transactions on equity investments held within the portfolio.

Other receivables as at 30 November 2020 include fixed interest income of £3,000 that has been fully provided for (see 
Note 3). There were no other past due assets as at 30 November 2020 (2019: nil).

The major counterparties engaged with the Group are all widely recognised and regulated entities.

Depositary
The Group’s Depositary is The Bank of New York Mellon (International) Limited (BNYM or the Depositary) (S&P long-term 
credit rating as at 30 November 2020: AA- (2019: AA-)). All of the equity assets and cash of the Group are held within the 
custodial network of the global custodian appointed by the Depositary. Bankruptcy or insolvency of the Depositary may cause 
the Group’s rights with respect to its investments held by the Depositary to be delayed or limited. The maximum exposure to 
this risk at 30 November 2020 is the total value of equity investments held with the Depositary and cash and cash equivalents 
in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

In accordance with the requirements of the depositary agreement, the Depositary will ensure that any agents it appoints to 
assist in safekeeping the equity and fixed income investments of the Group will segregate the equity and fixed income assets 
of the Group. Thus, in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Depositary, the Group’s non-cash assets are segregated and 
this reduces counterparty credit risk. The Group will, however, be exposed to the counterparty credit risk of the Depositary in 
relation to the Group’s cash held by the Depositary. In the event of the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Depositary, the Group 
will be treated as a general creditor of the Depositary in relation to cash holdings of the Group.

The Group’s listed investments are held on its behalf by The Bank of New York (International) Limited as the Group’s custodian 
(as sub-delegated by the Depositary). Bankruptcy or insolvency of the custodian may cause the Group’s rights with respect 
to securities held by the custodian to be delayed. The Board monitors the Group’s risk by reviewing the custodian’s internal 
control reports.

Counterparties⁄brokers
The Group only invests directly in markets that operate on a ‘delivery versus payment’ basis, and consequently most 
investment transactions in listed securities involve simultaneous delivery of securities against cash payment using an 
approved broker. The risk of default is considered minimal, and the trade will fail if either party fails to meet its obligation.

For a few markets that the Group invests in from time to time, although they operate on a ‘delivery versus payment’ basis, there 
may be a very short time gap between stock delivery and payment, giving potential rise to counterparty credit risk with the 
broker in relation to transactions awaiting settlement. Risk relating to unsettled transactions is considered small due to the 
short settlement period involved and the high credit quality of the brokers used for those markets. 

Cash held as security by the counterparty to financial derivative contracts is subject to the credit risk of the counterparty. The 
following table details the total number of counterparties to which the Group is exposed, the maximum exposure to any one 
counterparty, the collateral held by the Group against this exposure, the total exposure to all other counterparties and the 
lowest long term credit rating of any one counterparty (or its ultimate parent if unrated).

Total number of 
counterparties

Maximum 
exposure 
to any one 

counterparty1 Collateral held1

Total exposure 
to all other 
counterparties1

Lowest credit 
rating of any one 
counterparty2

2 

2 

£’000

163 

218 

£’000

£’000

– 

–

8 

–

A+

A+

Year

2020

2019

1  Calculated on a net basis.
2  S&P Ratings.

110  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600The Group may also be exposed to counterparty risk should there be any rehypothecation of pledged collateral. Collateral 
is received/paid where the client service agreement states that there should be collateral movements agreed with the 
counterparty, where there is a requirement for a mark-to-market process or collateralisation to ensure that the Group is 
protected against any counterparty default.

Over-the-counter (“OTC”) financial derivative instruments
During the year ended 30 November 2020 and 30 November 2019, the Group wrote covered call and put option contracts 
to generate revenue income for the Group. As the call and put options are covered by dedicated cash or stock resources and 
no call or put option contracts were written to manage price risk, there is no impact on the Group’s exposure to gearing or 
leverage as a result of writing covered call and put options. The notional amount of call/put options written that were open at 
30 November 2020 was £1,459,000 (2019: £1,764,000).

Management of OTC financial derivative instruments
Economic exposure through option writing transactions is restricted such that no more than 30% of the Group’s assets shall 
be under options at any given time. Exposures are monitored daily by the Investment Manager, BlackRock, and its independent 
risk management team. The Group’s Board also reviews the exposures regularly.

The option positions are diversified across sectors and geographies comprising 2 positions as at 30 November 2020 (2019: 2). 

The economic exposures to options can be closed out at any time by the Group with immediate effect. Details of securities and 
exposures to market risk and credit risk implicit within the options portfolio are given elsewhere in this note.

Collateral
The Group engages in activities which may require collateral to be provided to a counterparty (Pledged Collateral). Cash 
collateral pledged by the Group is separately identified as an asset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and is 
not included as a component of cash and cash equivalents.

The fair value of cash collateral pledged is reflected in the table below:

Cash collateral – Bank of America Merrill Lynch

Pledged collateral

As at
30 November
2020

As at
30 November
2019

£’000

163 

£’000

218 

Section 4: Financial statements  111

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Notes to the financial statements

continued

16. Risk management policies and procedures continued
Receivables
Amounts due from debtors are disclosed in the Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of Financial Position as 
receivables. The counterparties included in receivables are the same counterparties discussed previously under counterparty 
credit risk and subject to the same scrutiny by the BlackRock RQA Counterparty & Concentration Risk team (RQA CCR). The 
Group monitors the ageing of receivables to mitigate the risk of debtor balances becoming overdue.

In summary, the exposure to credit risk at 30 November 2020 and 2019 was as follows:

Group

Fixed income investments

Cash collateral held with brokers

Cash and cash equivalents

Other receivables (amounts due from brokers, dividends and interest receivable)

Company

Fixed income investments

Other receivables (amounts due from brokers, dividends and interest receivable and receivable  
from subsidiary company)

2020

£’000

3,363 

163 

8 

355 

2019

£’000

9,331 

218 

– 

519 

3,889 

10,068 

2020

£’000

3,363 

2,874 

6,237 

2019

£’000

9,331 

3,008 

12,339 

Management of counterparty credit risk
RQA CCR are responsible for the risk management of the Group, with duties comprising of identifying, monitoring and 
managing risk, including counterparty credit risk. RQA CCR are supported in this role by the Investment Manager.

The counterparty/credit risk is managed as follows:

•   transactions are only entered into with those counterparties approved by RQA CCR, with a formal review carried out for each 
new counterparty and with counterparties selected by RQA CCR on the basis of a number of risk migration criteria designed 
to reduce the risk to the Group of default;

•   the creditworthiness of financial institutions with whom cash is held is reviewed regularly by the Investment Manager; and 

•   RQA CCR reviews the credit standard of the Group’s brokers on a periodic basis and set limits on the amount that may be 

due from any one broker.

The Board monitors the Group’s counterparty risk by reviewing:

•   the semi-annual report from the Depositary, which includes the results of periodic site visits to the Company’s custodian 

where controls are reviewed and tested;

•   the custodian’s Service Organisation Control (SOC 1) reports which include a report by the Custodian’s auditor. This report 

sets out any exceptions or issues noted as a result of the auditor’s review of the custodian’s processes; 

•   the Manager’s internal control reports which include a report by the Manager’s auditor. This report sets out any exceptions 

or issues noted as a result of the auditor’s review of the Manager’s control processes; and

•   in addition, the Depositary and the Manager report any significant breaches or issues arising to the Board as soon as these 

are identified. 

112  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Offsetting disclosures
In order to better define its contractual rights and to secure rights that will help the Group mitigate its counterparty risk, the 
Group may enter into an ISDA Master Agreement or similar agreement with its OTC derivative contract counterparties. An 
ISDA Master Agreement is an agreement between the Group and the counterparty that governs OTC derivative contracts 
and typically contains, among other things, collateral posting terms and netting provisions in the event of a default and/or 
termination event. Under an ISDA Master Agreement, the Group has a contractual right to offset with the counterparty certain 
derivative financial instruments payables and/or receivables with collateral held and/or posted and create one single net 
payment in the event of default including the bankruptcy or insolvency of the counterparty. However, bankruptcy or insolvency 
laws of a particular jurisdiction may impose restrictions on or prohibitions against the right of offset in bankruptcy, insolvency 
or other events.

For financial reporting purposes, the Group does not offset derivative assets and derivative liabilities that are subject to netting 
arrangements in the Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of Financial Position. The disclosures set out in the 
following tables include financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement 
or similar agreement. 

At 30 November 2020 and 2019, the Group’s and Company’s derivative assets and liabilities (by type) are as follows:

Derivatives

Written option contracts

Total derivative assets and liabilities in the Consolidated 
and Parent Company Statements of Financial Position

Total assets and liabilities subject to a master netting 
agreement

At 30 November 2020

At 30 November 2019

Assets
£’000

Liabilities
£’000

Assets
£’000

Liabilities
£’000

– 

– 

– 

(11)

(11)

(11)

– 

– 

– 

(30)

(30)

(30)

The following table presents the Group’s and Company’s derivative liabilities by counterparty, net of amounts available for 
offset, under a master netting agreement and net of any related collateral paid by the Group at 30 November 2020 and 30 
November 2019:

Derivative
liabilities
subject to
a master
netting
agreement
by a
counterparty
£’000

Derivatives
available 
for offset
£’000

Net amount
as per
statement
of financial
position
£’000

Non-cash
collateral
given
£’000

Pledged
Cash 
collateral
£’000

Net amount
of derivative
liabilities
£’000

(11)

(30)

– 

–

(11)

(30)

–

–

11 

30

–

–

Counterparty

At 30 November 2020

Bank of America Merrill Lynch

At 30 November 2019

Bank of America Merrill Lynch

Section 4: Financial statements  113

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Notes to the financial statements

continued

16. Risk management policies and procedures continued
(c) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulties in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities. 
The Group is also exposed to the liquidity risk for margin calls on derivative instruments. At the year end, the Group had an 
overdraft facility of the lower of £17.5 million or 20% of the Group’s net assets (2019: £17.5 million or 20% of the Group’s net 
assets).

Liquidity risk exposure
The remaining undiscounted gross cash outflows of the financial liabilities as at 30 November 2020 and 30 November 2019, 
based on the earliest date on which payment can be required, were as follows:

Group
2020

Amounts due to brokers, accruals and provisions

Derivative financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss

Bank overdraft

Company
2020

Amounts due to brokers, accruals and provisions

Derivative financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss

Bank overdraft

Group
2019

Amounts due to brokers, accruals and provisions

Derivative financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss

Bank overdraft

Company
2019

Amounts due to brokers, accruals and provisions

Derivative financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss

Bank overdraft

3 months 
or less
£’000

Not more 
than one year
£’000

487 

11 

5,745 

6,243 

221 

– 

– 

221 

3 months 
or less
£’000

Not more 
than one year
£’000

487 

11 

12,117 

12,615 

– 

– 

– 

– 

3 months 
or less
£’000

Not more 
than one year
£’000

654

30

12,589

13,273

73

–

–

73

3 months 
or less
£’000

Not more 
than one year
£’000

654

30

18,369

19,053

–

–

–

–

Total
£’000

708 

11 

5,745 

6,464 

Total
£’000

487 

11 

12,117 

12,615 

Total
£’000

727

30

12,589

13,346

Total
£’000

654

30

18,369

19,053

Management of liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is minimised by holding sufficient liquid investments which can be readily realised to meet liquidity demands. 
Asset disposals may also be required to meet liquidity needs. However, the timely sale of trading positions can be impaired 
by many factors including decreased trading volume and increased price volatility. As a result, the Group may experience 
difficulties in disposing of assets to satisfy liquidity demands. Liquidity risk is not significant as the Group’s assets are 
investments in listed securities that are readily realisable.

114  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600The Group’s liquidity risk is managed on a daily basis by the Investment Manager in accordance with established policies and 
procedures in place. The Portfolio Managers’ review daily forward-looking cash reports which project cash obligations. These 
reports allow them to manage their obligations.

For the avoidance of doubt, none of the assets of the Group are subject to special liquidity arrangements.

(d) Valuation of financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are either carried in the Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of Financial 
Position at their fair value (investments and derivatives) or at an amount which is a reasonable approximation of fair value 
(due from brokers, dividends and interest receivable, due to brokers, accruals, cash at bank and bank overdrafts). IFRS 13 
requires the Group to classify fair value measurements using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of inputs used 
in making the measurements. The valuation techniques used by the Group are explained in the accounting policies note 2(h) 
to the Financial Statements on page 97.

Categorisation within the hierarchy has been determined on the basis of the lowest level input that is significant to the fair 
value measurement of the relevant asset.

The fair value hierarchy has the following levels: 

Level 1 –  Quoted market price for identical instruments in active markets
A financial instrument is regarded as quoted in an active market if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an 
exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service or regulatory agency and those prices represent actual and regularly 
occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. The Group does not adjust the quoted price for these instruments.

Level 2 – Valuation techniques using observable inputs
This category includes instruments valued using quoted prices for similar instruments in markets that are considered less 
than active, or other valuation techniques where all significant inputs are directly or indirectly observable from market data. 
Valuation techniques used for non-standardised financial instruments such as options, currency swaps and other over-the-
counter derivatives include the use of comparable recent arm’s length transactions, reference to other instruments that are 
substantially the same, discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models and other valuation techniques commonly used 
by market participants making the maximum use of market inputs and relying as little as possible on entity specific inputs.

Level 3 – Valuation techniques using significant unobservable inputs
This category includes all instruments where the valuation technique includes inputs not based on observable market data 
and these inputs could have a significant impact on the instrument’s valuation.

This category includes instruments that are valued based on quoted prices for similar instruments where significant entity 
determined adjustments or assumptions are required to reflect differences between the instruments and instruments for 
which there is no active market. The Investment Manager considers observable data to be that market data that is readily 
available, regularly distributed or updated, reliable and verifiable, not proprietary, and provided by independent sources that 
are actively involved in the relevant market. 

The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement is categorised in its entirety is determined on the 
basis of the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Assessing the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgement, considering 
factors specific to the asset or liability. The determination of what constitutes ‘observable’ inputs requires significant 
judgement by the Investment Manager.

Over-the-counter derivative option contracts have been classified as Level 2 investments as their valuation has been based on 
market observable inputs represented by the underlying quoted securities to which these contracts expose the Group.

The investment in the subsidiary is classified within Level 3 since the subsidiary is not a listed entity. The fair value of the 
investment in the subsidiary is calculated based on the net asset value of the underlying balances within the subsidiary. 
Therefore, no sensitivity analysis has been presented.

Section 4: Financial statements  115

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Notes to the financial statements

continued

16. Risk management policies and procedures continued
Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities
The table below sets out fair value measurements using the IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy.

Financial assets/(liabilities) at fair value through profit 
or loss at 30 November 2020 – Group

Assets:

Equity investments

Fixed income investments

Liabilities:

Derivative financial instruments – written options

Financial assets/(liabilities) at fair value through profit 
or loss at 30 November 2020 - Company

Assets:

Equity investments

Fixed income investments

Liabilities:

Derivative financial instruments – written options

Financial assets/(liabilities) at fair value through profit 
or loss at 30 November 2019 – Group

Assets:

Equity investments

Fixed income investments

Liabilities:

Derivative financial instruments – written options

Financial assets/(liabilities) at fair value through profit 
or loss at 30 November 2019 – Company

Assets:

Equity investments

Fixed income investments

Liabilities:

Derivative financial instruments – written options

Level 1
£’000

94,217 

3,216 

– 

97,433 

Level 1
£’000

94,217 

3,216 

– 

97,433 

Level 1
£’000

89,223

9,331

–

98,554

Level 1
£’000

89,223

9,331

–

98,554

Level 2
£’000

Level 3
£’000

– 

147 

(11)

136 

Level 2
£’000

– 

147 

(11)

136 

–

–

(30)

(30)

Level 2
£’000

–

–

(30)

(30)

– 

– 

– 

– 

Level 3
£’000

3,795 

– 

– 

–

–

–

–

Level 3
£’000

3,436

–

–

Total
£’000

94,217 

3,363 

(11)

97,569 

Total
£’000

98,012 

3,363 

(11)

Total
£’000

89,223

9,331

(30)

98,524

Total
£’000

92,659

9,331

(30)

3,795 

101,364 

Level 2
£’000

Level 3
£’000

3,436

101,960

116  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600A reconciliation of fair value measurement in Level 3 is set out below:

Level 3 Financial assets fair value through profit or loss at 30 November – Company

Opening fair value

Total gains or losses included in profit/(loss) on investments in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income:

– assets held at the end of the year

Closing balance

(e) Capital management policies and procedures

The Group’s capital management objectives are:

•  to ensure it will be able to continue as a going concern; and 

2020
£’000

3,436 

359 

3,795 

2019
£’000

2,256 

1,180 

3,436 

•   to achieve an annual dividend target and over the long term capital growth by investing primarily in securities of companies 

operating in the mining and energy sectors. 

This is to be achieved through an appropriate balance of equity capital and gearing. The Group operates a flexible gearing 
policy which depends on prevailing conditions.

The Group’s total capital at 30 November 2020 was £97,387,000 (2019: £98,534,000), comprising a bank overdraft of 
£5,745,000 (2019: £12,589,000) and equity shares, capital and reserves of £91,642,000 (2019: £85,945,000).

Under the terms of the overdraft facility agreement, the Group’s total indebtedness shall at no time exceed £17.5m or 20% of 
the Group’s net asset value (whichever is the lowest) (2019: £17.5 million or 20% of the Group’s net asset value (whichever is 
the lowest)).

The Board with the assistance of the Investment Manager monitors and reviews the broad structure of the Group’s capital on 
an ongoing basis. This review includes:

•   the planned level of gearing, which takes into account the Investment Manager’s view on the market; and

•   the need to buy back equity shares, either for cancellation or to be held in treasury, which takes account of the difference 

between the NAV per share and the share price (i.e. the level of share price discount or premium).

The Group is subject to externally imposed capital requirements:

•  as a public company, the Company has a minimum share capital of £50,000; and

•   in order to be able to pay dividends out of profits available for distribution, the Company has to be able to meet one of the 

two capital restrictions tests imposed on investment companies by law.

During the year, the Company complied with the externally imposed capital requirements to which it was subject including 
those imposed in respect of overdraft covenants.

(f) Investments held through Stock Connect
The Company may invest no more than 10% of its net asset value in investments held through Stock Connect. Any China 
A shares invested in via Stock Connect will be held by the Depositary/sub-custodian in accounts in the Hong Kong Central 
Clearing and Settlement System (“CCASS”) maintained by the Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited (“HKSCC”) as 
central securities depositary in Hong Kong. HKSCC in turn will hold any such China A Shares, as the nominee holder, through 
an omnibus securities account in its name registered with ChinaClear for the Company.

Section 4: Financial statements  117

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Notes to the financial statements

continued

17. Related party disclosure
Directors’ Emoluments
At the date of this report, the Board consists of five non-executive Directors, all of whom are considered to be independent of 
the Manager by the Board. 

Disclosures of the Directors’ interests in the ordinary shares of the Company and fees and expenses payable to the Directors 
are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 64 and 65. At 30 November 2020, £10,000 (2019: £10,000) was 
outstanding in respect of Directors’ fees.

Significant Holdings
As at 30 November 2020 and 2019, there were no investors which were:

a. 

funds managed by the BlackRock Group or are affiliates of BlackRock Inc. (“Related BlackRock Funds”) or

b. 

 investors (other than those listed in (a) above) who held more than 20% of the voting shares in issue in the Company 
and are as a result, considered to be related parties to the Company (“Significant Investors”).

18. Transactions with the Investment Manager and AIFM

BlackRock Fund Managers Limited (BFM) provides management and administrative services to the Group under a contract 
which is terminable on six months’ notice. BFM has (with the Company’s consent) delegated certain portfolio and risk services, 
and other ancillary services to BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited (BIM (UK)). Further details of the investment 
management contract are disclosed in the Directors’ Report on pages 54 and 55.

The investment management fee due for the year ended 30 November 2020 amounted to £602,000 (2019: £948,000). At the 
year end, £296,000 was outstanding in respect of the management fee (2019: £389,000). Effective from 17 March 2020 the 
Company is entitled to a rebate from the investment management fee charged by the Manager in the event the Company’s 
Ongoing Charges exceeds the cap of 1.25% per annum of average daily net assets. The amount of rebate accrued as at 
30 November 2020 amounted to £66,000 and has been adjusted in the investment management fee charged by the Manager. 
Further details in respect of the management fee and rebate are given in note 4 on page 99.

In addition to the above services, BlackRock has provided the Group with marketing services. The total fees paid or payable for 
these services for the year ended 30 November 2020 amounted to £32,000 excluding VAT (2019: £29,000). Marketing fees of 
£20,000 excluding VAT (2019: £19,000) were outstanding as at the year end.

The ultimate holding company of the Manager and the Investment Manager is BlackRock, Inc. a company incorporated in 
Delaware USA. During the period, PNC Financial Services Group, Inc (PNC). PNC was a substantial shareholder in BlackRock, 
Inc. PNC did not provide any services to the Company during the financial year ended 30 November 2019 and the period up 
to the 11 May 2020, when PNC announced its intent to sell its investment in BlackRock, Inc. through a registered offering and 
related buyback by BlackRock, Inc.

19. Contingent liabilities
There were no contingent liabilities at 30 November 2020 (2019: nil).

118  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Section 4: Financial statements  119

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
120  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Additional 
information

Iron ore prices increases have dominated revenue streams for many mining companies. 
Iron ore supply in 2020 fell short of expectations, primarily as Vale struggled to hit 
targets with frequent operational disruptions. With iron ore demand being strong in 
China, prices increased by 50% during the year and have surged higher into 2021 with 
producers are now earning record margins and generating record cashflow from these 
businesses.

AREA 4 MINE, CORUMBÁ, BRAZIL PHOTO COURTESY OF LEANDRO GRANDI/VALE.

Section 5: Additional information  121

Job No: 43774

Customer: BlackRock

Proof Event: 3

Black Line Level: 1

Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LA

Project Title: Greater Europe Annual Rpt 2020

T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600

 
Shareholder information

Financial calendar
The timing of the announcement and publication of the 
Company’s results may normally be expected in the months 
shown below:

Investor Services PLC on 0370 707 1476 or through their 
secure website, investorcentre.co.uk. Shareholders who have 
already opted to have their dividends reinvested do not need 
to reapply.

January/February

March

July

Annual results for the year ended 30 
November announced and the annual 
report and financial statements 
published.

Annual General Meeting.

Half yearly figures to 31 May announced 
and half yearly financial report published.

Share price
The Company’s mid-market ordinary share price is 
quoted daily in The Financial Times and The Times under 
‘Investment Companies’ and in The Daily Telegraph under 
‘Investment Trusts’. The share price is also available on the 
BlackRock website at blackrock.com/uk/beri.

Quarterly Dividends
Dividends are paid quarterly as follows:

ISIN/SEDOL numbers
The ISIN/SEDOL numbers and mnemonic codes for the 
Company’s shares are:

Period ending

28 February

31 May

31 August

30 November

Ex-date

March

June

Payment 
date

April

July

ISIN

SEDOL

September

October

December

January

Reuters Code

Bloomberg Code

Ordinary shares

GB00B0N8MF98

BON8MF9

BERI:L

BERI:LN

Payment of dividends
Cash dividends will be sent by cheque to the first-named 
shareholder at their registered address. Dividends may also 
be paid directly into a shareholder’s bank account. This 
may be arranged by contacting the Company’s registrar, 
Computershare Investor Services PLC (Computershare), on 
0370 707 1476, through their secure website investorcentre.
co.uk, or by completing the Mandate Instructions section 
on the reverse of your dividend counterfoil and sending it to 
Computershare.

Dividend confirmations will be sent to shareholders at their 
registered address, unless other instructions have been 
given, to arrive on the payment date.

Dividend tax allowance
The annual tax-free allowance on dividend income across 
an individual’s entire share portfolio is £2,000. Above this 
amount, individuals will pay tax on their dividend income at 
a rate dependent on their income tax bracket and personal 
circumstances.

The Company will continue to provide registered 
shareholders with confirmation of the dividends paid and 
this should be included with any other dividend income 
received when calculating and reporting total dividend 
income received. It is a shareholder’s responsibility to include 
all dividend income when calculating any tax liability.

If you have any tax queries, please contact a financial advisor.

Dividend reinvestment scheme (DRIP)
Shareholders may request that their dividends be used 
to purchase further shares in the Company. Dividend 
reinvestment forms may be obtained from Computershare 

Share dealing
Investors wishing to purchase more shares in the Company 
or sell all or part of their existing holding may do so 
through a stockbroker. Most banks also offer this service. 
Alternatively, they can do so by creating a Trading Account 
at www.computershare.com/dealing/uk. To purchase 
this investment, you must have read the Key Information 
Document before the trade can be executed. Computershare 
can email or post this to you.

For existing shareholders not looking to purchase shares, 
the Company’s registrar, Computershare, has an internet 
and telephone share dealing service. The telephone share 
dealing service is available on 0370 703 0084. To access the 
internet share dealing service, you will need to access www. 
computershare.com/dealing/uk using your shareholder 
reference number, which can be found on paper or electronic 
communications that you have previously received from 
Computershare.

Internet dealing – The fee for this service is 1% of the value 
of the transaction (subject to a minimum of £30).

Telephone dealing – The fee for this service will be 1% of the 
value of the transaction (plus £50).

CREST
The Company’s shares may be held in CREST, an electronic 
system for uncertificated securities trading.

Private investors can continue to retain their share 
certificates and remain outside the CREST system. Private 
investors are able to buy and sell their holdings in the same 
way as they did prior to the introduction of CREST, although 
there may be differences in dealing charges.

122  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Electronic communications
Computershare provides a service to enable shareholders 
to receive correspondence electronically (including annual 
and half yearly financial reports) if they wish. If a shareholder 
opts to receive documents in this way, paper documents will 
only be available on request (unless electronic submission 
fails, in which case a letter will be mailed to the investor’s 
registered address giving details of the website address 
where information can be found online). Shareholders 
who opt for this service will receive a Notice of Availability 
via e-mail from Computershare with a link to the relevant 
section of the BlackRock website where the documents can 
be viewed and printed. For more information, to view the 
terms and conditions and to register for this service, please 
visit Computershare’s internet site at investorcentre.co.uk/
ecomms (you will need your shareholder reference number).

Electronic proxy voting
Shareholders are able to submit their proxy votes 
electronically via Computershare’s internet site at 
eproxyappointment.com using a unique identification PIN 
which will be provided with voting instructions and the Notice 
of Annual General Meeting. CREST members who wish to 
appoint one or more proxies or give an instruction through 
the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so 
by using the procedures described in the CREST manual. 
Further details are set out in the notes on the Form of Proxy 
and the Notice of Annual General Meeting.

Online access
Other details about the Company are also available on the 
BlackRock website at blackrock.com/uk/beri.

The financial statements and other literature are published 
on the website. Visitors to the website need to be aware that 
legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation 
and dissemination of the financial statements may differ 
from legislation in their jurisdiction.

Shareholders can also manage their shareholding online by 
using Investor Centre, Computershare’s secure website, at 
investorcentre.co.uk.

To register on Computershare’s website you will need your 
shareholder reference number. Listed below are the most 
frequently used features of the website.

•   Holding enquiry – view balances, values, history, payments 

and reinvestments. 

•   Payments enquiry – view your dividends and other 

payment types. 

•   Address change – change your registered address. 

•   Bank details update – choose to receive your dividend 
payment directly into your bank account instead of by 
cheque. 

Nominee code
Where shares are held in a nominee company name, the 
Company undertakes:

•   e-Comms sign-up – choose to receive email notification 

when your shareholder communications become available 
instead of paper communications. 

•   to provide the nominee company with multiple copies of 
shareholder communications, so long as an indication of 
quantities has been provided in advance; 

•   to allow investors holding shares through a nominee 

company to attend general meetings, provided the correct 
authority from the nominee company is available; and

Nominee companies are encouraged to provide the 
necessary authority to underlying shareholders to attend the 
Company’s general meetings.

Publication of NAV/portfolio analysis
The NAV per share of the Company is calculated and 
published daily. Details of the Company’s investments and 
performance are published monthly.

The daily NAV per share and monthly information are 
released through the London Stock Exchange’s Regulatory 
News Service and are available on the BlackRock website at 
www.blackrock.com/uk/beri and through the Reuters News 
Service under the code ‘BLRKINDEX’, on page 8800 on Topic 
3 (ICV terminals) and under ‘BLRK’ on Bloomberg (monthly 
information only).

•   Outstanding payments – reissue payments using the 

online replacement service. 

•   Downloadable forms – including dividend mandates, stock 
transfer, dividend reinvestment and change of address 
forms. 

Individual Savings Accounts (ISAs)
ISAs are a tax-efficient method of investment and the 
Company’s shares are eligible investments for inclusion in an 
ISA. In the 2020/2021 tax year, investors will be able to invest 
up to £20,000 in Individual Savings Accounts (ISAs) either as 
cash or shares.

Shareholder enquiries
The Company’s registrar is Computershare Investor Services 
PLC. Certain details relating to your holding can be checked 
through the Computershare Investor Centre website. As a 
security check, specific information will need to be input 
accurately to gain access to your account including your 
shareholder reference number, available from your share 
certificate, dividend confirmation or other electronic 
communications received from Computershare. The address 
of the Computershare website is investorcentre.co.uk. 
Alternatively, please contact the registrar on 0370 707 1476.

Section 5: Additional information  123

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Shareholder information

continued

Changes of name or address must be notified in writing 
either through Computershare’s website, or to the registrar 
at:

Computershare Investor Services PLC,
The Pavilions,
Bridgwater Road, 
Bristol BS99 6ZZ

General enquiries
Enquiries about the Company should be directed to:

The Company Secretary
BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc
12 Throgmorton Avenue
London EC2N 2DL
Telephone: 020 7743 3000
Email: Cosec@blackrock.com

124  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Analysis of ordinary shareholders

as at 30 November 2020

By type of holder

Direct private investors

Banks and nominee companies

Others

Shares held in treasury

By size of holding

1-10,000

10,001-100,000

100,001-1,000,000

1,000,001-5,000,000

5,000,001-9,999,999

Shares held in treasury

Number of 
shares

% of total 
2020

% of total 
2019

Number of 
holders

% of total 
2020

% of total 
2019

1,825,321

109,105,620

2,539,408

5,495,651

1.5

91.7

2.2

4.6

1.6

92.9

1.3

4.2

118,966,000

100.0

100.0

191

504

16

1

712

26.8

70.8

2.3

0.1

24.2

73.8

1.9

0.1

100.0

100.0

Number of 
shares

% of total 
2020

% of total 
2019

Number of 
holders

% of total 
2020

% of total 
2019

1,813,937

6,010,842

25,138,924

57,220,643

23,286,003

5,495,651

1.5

5.1

21.1

48.1

19.6

4.6

1.9

5.6

30.7

47.4

10.2

4.2

409

195

79

25

3

1

57.4

27.4

11.1

3.6

0.4

0.1

57.1

28.5

11.5

2.7

0.1

0.1

118,966,000

100.0

100.0

712

100.0

100.0

Section 5: Additional information  125

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Historical analysis

Year ended 
31 August

At launch, 13 December 2005

Period ended 30 November 2006

Year ended 30 November 2007

Year ended 30 November 2008

Year ended 30 November 2009

Year ended 30 November 2010

Year ended 30 November 2011

Year ended 30 November 2012

Year ended 30 November 2013

Year ended 30 November 2014

Year ended 30 November 2015

Year ended 30 November 2016

Year ended 30 November 2017

Year ended 30 November 2018

Year ended 30 November 2019

Year ended 30 November 2020

Net assets
attributable
to ordinary
shareholders

Net asset
value per
ordinary
share

Ordinary
share price
(mid-market)

Revenue
return per
ordinary
share

Dividend
per 
ordinary
share

Ongoing
Charges
ratio1

£’000

73,500

79,784

110,018

57,625

90,260

125,848

118,642

111,663

101,830

96,696

69,430

98,933

91,357

88,109

85,945

91,642

p

98.00

105.53

158.05

80.25

120.63

139.05

131.08

118.47

105.79

91.95

60.08

83.57

76.92

75.87

75.28

80.76

p

100.00

101.25

149.75

72.50

119.75

143.00

127.75

122.75

109.50

99.00

59.75

82.75

75.00

70.60

66.00

71.40

p

–

5.28

6.31

6.96

5.74

5.85

5.88

6.10

5.87

6.20

6.32

4.43

4.84

4.37

3.97

4.31

p

–

4.50

5.25

5.40

5.50

5.602

5.75

5.90

5.95

6.00

6.00

5.00

4.00

4.00

4.00

4.00

–

1.50

1.30

1.40

1.50

1.40

1.30

1.30

1.40

1.50

1.40

1.39

1.36

1.39

1.48

1.25

1 

2 

 Revised for years prior to 30 November 2014 to conform to AIC best practice guidance. The Ongoing Charges Ratio is an Alternative Performance Measure. See the 
Glossary on pages 133 to 134 for more details in respect of the calculation.
In addition, two special dividends were also paid during the year, totalling 1.52 pence per share.

126  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Management & other service providers

Registered Office
(Registered in England, No. 5612963)
12 Throgmorton Avenue
London EC2N 2DL

Auditor
Ernst & Young LLP
25 Churchill Place
London E14 5EY 

Alternative Investment Fund Manager1
BlackRock Fund Managers Limited2 
12 Throgmorton Avenue 
London EC2N 2DL 
Telephone: 020 7743 3000

Stockbroker
Winterflood Securities Limited2 
The Atrium Building
25 Dowgate Hill
London EC4R 2GA

Solicitor
Gowling WLG (UK) LLP
4 More London Riverside
London SE1 2AU

Investment Manager and Company 
Secretary
BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited2 
12 Throgmorton Avenue 
London EC2N 2DL 
Email: cosec@blackrock.com

Banker, Custodian and Depositary
The Bank of New York Mellon (International) Limited2
One Canada Square
London E14 5AL

Registrar
Computershare Investor Services PLC2
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS99 6ZZ
Telephone: 0370 707 1476

1 

 BlackRock Fund Managers Limited (BFM) was appointed as the Alternative Investment Fund Manager on 2 July 2014. BlackRock Investment Management (UK) 
Limited continues to act as the Investment Manager under a delegation agreement with BFM.

2  Authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority.

Section 5: Additional information  127

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
AIFMD disclosures

Report on remuneration
The Alternative Investment Fund Managers’ Directive (the 
AIFMD) requires certain disclosures to be made with regard 
to the remuneration policy of the Company’s AIFM.

Details of the BlackRock AIFM Remuneration Policy are 
disclosed on the Company’s website at www.blackrock.com/
uk/beri and have applied to the Manager since 1 January 
2015, being the beginning of the first financial year of 
BlackRock following the Manager’s authorisation as an AIFM.

Quantitative remuneration disclosure
Appropriate disclosures will be made in due course in 
accordance with FUND 3.3.5, Article 22(2)(e) and 22(2)(f) of 
the AIFMD and Article 107 of the Delegated Regulation.

Leverage
The Company may employ leverage and borrow cash in 
accordance with its stated investment policy or investment 
strategy. The Company may also employ leverage in its 
investment programme through foreign exchange forward 
contracts and may also utilise a variety of exchange traded 
and over-the-counter (OTC) derivative instruments such 
as covered put/call options as part of its investment policy. 
The use of derivatives may expose the Company to a higher 
degree of risk. In particular, derivative contracts can be highly 
volatile and the amount of initial margin is generally small 
relative to the size of the contract so that transactions may 
be leveraged in terms of market exposure. A relatively small 
market movement may have a potentially larger impact on 
derivatives than on standard underlying bonds or equities. 
Leveraged derivative positions can therefore increase the 
Company’s volatility. The use of borrowings and leverage 
has attendant risks and can, in certain circumstances, 
substantially increase the adverse impact to which the 
Company’s investment portfolio may be subject. No foreign 
exchange forward contracts or derivatives were used for 
leverage purposes during the year.

For the purposes of this disclosure, leverage is any method 
by which the Company’s exposure is increased, whether 
through borrowing of cash or securities, or leverage 
embedded in foreign exchange forward contracts or by any 
other means.

The AIFMD requires that each leverage ratio be expressed 
as the ratio between a Company’s exposure and its NAV, 
and prescribes two required methodologies, the gross 
methodology and the commitment methodology (as set out 
in AIFMD Level 2 Implementation Guidance), for calculating 
such exposure.

Using the methodologies prescribed under the AIFMD, the 
leverage of the Group and Company is disclosed in the table 
below:

Commitment
leverage as at
30 November
2020

Gross 
leverage
as at
30 November
2020

Leverage ratio

1.11

1.11

Further information on the calculation of leverage ratios is 
provided in the Glossary on page 132.

Other risk disclosures
The financial risk disclosures relating to risk framework 
and liquidity risk are set out in note 16 to the notes to the 
financial statements on pages 106 to 117.

Pre investment disclosures
The AIFMD requires certain information to be made 
available to investors in AIFs before they invest and requires 
that material changes to this information be disclosed 
in the annual report of each AIF. An Investor Disclosure 
Document, which sets out information on the Company’s 
investment strategy and policies, leverage, risk, liquidity, 
administration, management, fees, conflicts of interest and 
other shareholder information is available on the website at 
www.blackrock.com/uk/beri.

There have been no material changes (other than those 
reflected in these financial statements or previously 
disclosed to the London Stock Exchange through a 
primary information provider) to this information requiring 
disclosure. Any information requiring immediate disclosure 
pursuant to the AIFMD will be disclosed to the London Stock 
Exchange through a primary information provider.

SARAH BEYNSBERGER 
For and on behalf of
BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited
Company Secretary
4 February 2021

128  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Information to be disclosed in accordance 
with Listing Rule 9.8.4

The disclosures below are made in compliance with the 
requirements of Listing Rule 9.8.4.

9.8.4 (1) The Company has not capitalised any interest in the 
period under review.

9.8.4 (2) The Company has not published any unaudited 
financial information in a class 1 circular or prospectus or 
any profit forecast or profit estimate.

9.8.4 (3) This provision has been deleted.

9.8.4 (4) The Company does not have any long term incentive 
schemes in operation.

9.8.4 (5) and (6) Mr Ruck Keene had waived his Directors’ 
fees for the period from 1 December 2016 to 7 April 2017 
when he served as an employee of BlackRock. With effect 
from his retirement from BlackRock on 7 April 2017 through 
to his retirement from the Company’s Board on 17 March 
2020, he was paid as a Director of the Company and did not 
waive his fees.

9.8.4 (7) The Company has not allotted any equity securities 
for cash in the period under review.

9.8.4 (8) and 9.8.4 (9) are not applicable.

9.8.4 (10) As a managing director of BlackRock, up to his 
retirement from BlackRock on 7 April 2017, Mr Ruck Keene 
was deemed to have had an interest in the Company’s 
management agreement. Mr Ruck Keene retired from the 
Board of the Company on 17 March 2020. There were no 
other contracts of significance subsisting during the period 
under review to which the Company is a party and in which 
a Director of the Company is or was materially interested; or 
between the Company and a controlling shareholder.

9.8.4 (11) This provision is not applicable to the Company.

9.8.4 (12) and (13) There were no arrangements under which 
a shareholder has waived or agreed to waive any dividends or 
future dividends.

9.8.4 (14) This provision is not applicable to the Company.

By order of the Board

SARAH BEYNSBERGER 
For and on behalf of
BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited
Company Secretary
4 February 2021

Section 5: Additional information  129

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Information to be disclosed in respect of 
investment in the People’s Republic of 
China (PRC) via the Stock Connect

The Stock Connect links markets in mainland China and 
Hong Kong, allowing foreign (non-Chinese) investors to 
invest in China A-Shares listed on the relevant mainland 
markets more easily than was possible prior to establishment 
of the Stock Connect. The disclosures below are given to 
provide shareholders and investors in the Company with 
more information in respect of how the Stock Connect works, 
and more detail on the risks associated with the scheme. 
Additional disclosures are set out in the notes to the financial 
statements on page 117.

The Stock Connect is a securities trading and clearing linked 
program developed by the Hong Kong Exchanges and 
Clearing Market (HKEX), Shanghai Stock Exchange (SSE) 
and China Clear with an aim to achieve mutual stock market 
access between the People’s Republic of China (PRC) and 
Hong Kong. The Stock Connect comprises a Northbound 
Trading Link and a Southbound Trading Link. Under the 
Northbound Trading Link, Hong Kong and overseas investors 
(including the Company), through their Hong Kong brokers 
and a securities trading service company established by the 
Hong Kong Stock Exchange (SEHK), may be able to trade 
eligible China A Shares listed on the SSE by routing orders 
to SSE. Under the Southbound Trading Link investors in the 
PRC will be able to trade certain stocks listed on the SEHK. 
Under a joint announcement issued by the SFC and CSRC on 
10 November 2014 the Stock Connect commenced trading 
on 17 November 2014.

Companies and funds investing in the PRC may invest in 
China A Shares trading on the Shanghai Stock Exchange 
via Stock Connect. The Stock Connect is a programme 
that links the Shanghai Stock Exchange and the SEHK. 
Under the programme, investors can access the Shanghai 
Stock Exchange via the Hong Kong Central Clearing and 
Settlement System (CCASS) maintained by the Hong 
Kong Securities Clearing Company Ltd (HKSCC) as central 
securities depositary in Hong Kong. Investing in China A 
Shares via Stock Connect bypasses the requirement to obtain 
Renminbi Qualified Foreign Institutional Investor (RQFII) 
status which is required for direct access to the Shanghai 
Stock Exchange.

Quota limitations
Investing in the PRC via Stock Connect is subject to quota 
limitations which apply to the Investment Manager. In 
particular, once the remaining balance of the relevant quota 
drops to zero or the daily quota is exceeded, buy orders will 
be rejected (although investors will be permitted to sell their 
cross-boundary securities regardless of the quota balance).

Investment thresholds for stock connect 
funds
The Company may invest no more than 10% of its net asset 
value in the Stock Connect.

Legal/beneficial ownership
The China A Shares invested in via the Stock Connect will be 
held by the Trustee in accounts in the Hong Kong Central 
Clearing and Settlement System the China Securities 
Repository and Clearing Company Limited (CCASS) 
maintained by the HKSCC as central securities depositary in 
Hong Kong. HKSCC in turn holds the China A Shares, as the 
nominee holder, through an omnibus securities account in 
its name registered with the China Securities Depository and 
Clearing Company Limited (CSDCC). The precise nature and 
rights of the Stock Connect Funds as the beneficial owners 
of the China A Shares through HKSCC as nominee is not well 
defined under PRC law. There is lack of a clear definition of, 
and distinction between, “Legal Ownership” and “Beneficial 
Ownership” under PRC law and there have been few cases 
involving a nominee account structure in the PRC courts. 
Therefore the exact nature and methods of enforcement of 
the rights and interests of the Stock Connect Funds under 
PRC law is uncertain. Because of this uncertainty, in the 
unlikely event that HKSCC becomes subject to winding up 
proceedings in Hong Kong it is not clear if the China A Shares 
will be regarded as held for the beneficial ownership of the 
Company or as part of the general assets of HKSCC available 
for general distribution to its creditors.

Clearing and settlement risk
HKSCC and CSDCC will establish the clearing links and 
each will become a participant of each other to facilitate 
clearing and settlement of cross-boundary trades. For cross-
boundary trades initiated in a market, the clearing house of 
that market will on one hand clear and settle with its own 
clearing participants, and on the other hand undertake to 
fulfil the clearing and settlement obligations of its clearing 
participants with the counterparty clearing house. As the 
national central counterparty of the PRC’s securities market, 
CSDCC operates a comprehensive network of clearing, 
settlement and stock holding infrastructure. CSDCC has 
established a risk management framework and measures 
that are approved and supervised by the CSRC. The chances 
of CSDCC default are considered to be remote. In the remote 
event of a CSDCC default, HKSCC’s liabilities in respect of 
China A Shares invested in via the Stock Connect will be 
limited under its market contracts with clearing participants 
to assisting clearing participants in pursuing their claims 
against CSDCC. HKSCC should in good faith, seek recovery 
of the outstanding stocks and monies from CSDCC through 
available legal channels or through CSDCC’s liquidation. In 
that event, the Company may suffer a delay in the recovery 
process or may not fully recover its losses from CSDCC.

130  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Suspension risk
It is contemplated that both the SEHK and the Shanghai 
Stock Exchange would reserve the right to suspend trading 
if necessary for ensuring an orderly and fair market and that 
risks are managed prudently. Consent from the relevant 
regulator will be sought before a suspension is triggered. 
Where a suspension is effected, the Company’s ability to 
access the PRC market will be adversely affected.

Differences in trading day
The Stock Connect will only operate on days when both 
the PRC and Hong Kong markets are open for trading and 
when banks in both markets are open on the corresponding 
settlement days. So it is possible that there are occasions 
when it is a normal trading day for the PRC market but the 
Company cannot carry out any China A Shares trading via 
the Stock Connect. The Company may be subject to a risk of 
price fluctuations in China A Shares during the time when 
the Stock Connect is not trading as a result.

Restrictions on selling imposed by front-end 
monitoring
PRC regulations require that before an investor sells any 
share, there should be sufficient shares in the account; 
otherwise the Shanghai Stock Exchange will reject the sell 
order concerned. SEHK will carry out pre-trade checking on 
China A Share sell orders of its participants (i.e. the stock 
brokers) to ensure there is no over-selling. If the Company 
intends to sell certain China A Shares it holds, it must 
transfer those China A Shares to the respective accounts of 
its broker(s) before the market opens on the day of selling 
(“trading day”). If it fails to meet this deadline, it will not be 
able to sell those shares on the trading day. Because of this 
requirement, the Company may not be able to dispose of its 
holdings of China A Shares in a timely manner.

Operational risk
The Stock Connect is premised on the functioning of the 
operational systems of the relevant market participants. 
Market participants are permitted to participate in this 
program subject to meeting certain information technology 
capability, risk management and other requirements as may 
be specified by the relevant exchange and/or clearing house.

The securities regimes and legal systems of the SEHK and 
the Shanghai Stock Exchange differ significantly and market 
participants may need to address issues arising from the 
differences on an on-going basis. There is no assurance 
that the systems of the SEHK and market participants will 
function properly or will continue to be adapted to changes 
and developments in both markets. In the event that the 
relevant systems fail to function properly, trading in both 
markets through the program could be disrupted. The 
Company’s ability to access the China A Share market (and 
hence to pursue its investment strategy) may be adversely 
affected.

Regulatory risk
The Stock Connect is a novel concept. The current 
regulations are untested and there is no certainty as to how 
they will be applied. In addition, the current regulations are 
subject to change and there can be no assurance that the 
Stock Connect will not be abolished. New regulations may be 
issued from time to time by the regulators/stock exchanges 
in the PRC and Hong Kong in connection with operations, 
legal enforcement and cross-border trades under the Stock 
Connect. The Company may be adversely affected as a result 
of such changes.

Recalling of eligible stocks
When a stock is recalled from the scope of eligible stocks for 
trading via the Stock Connect, the stock can only be sold but 
restricted from being bought. This may restrict the ability of 
the Company to acquire shares.

No protection by investor compensation 
fund
Investment in China A Shares via the Stock Connect is 
conducted through brokers, and is subject to the risk of 
default by such brokers in their obligations. Investments 
of the Company are not covered by the Hong Kong’s 
investor compensation fund, which has been established 
to pay compensation to investors of any nationality who 
suffer pecuniary losses as a result of default of a licensed 
intermediary or authorised financial institution in relation 
to exchange-traded products in Hong Kong. Since default 
matters in respect of China A Shares invested in via the 
Stock Connect do not involve products listed or traded on the 
SEHK, they will not be covered by the investor compensation 
fund. Therefore the Company is exposed to the risks of 
default of the broker(s) it engages in its trading in China A 
Shares through the Stock Connect.

Taxation risks
The PRC tax authorities have also made announcements 
that gains derived from China A-Shares investments via the 
Stock Connects would be temporarily exempted from PRC 
taxation effective from 17 November 2014. This temporary 
exemption applies to China A-Shares generally, including 
shares in PRC ‘land-rich’ companies. The duration of the 
period of temporary exemption has not been stated and may 
be subject to termination by the PRC tax authorities with 
or without notice and, in the worst case, retrospectively. If 
the temporary exemption is withdrawn the relevant Stock 
Connect Funds would be subject to PRC taxation in respect 
of gains on China-A Shares and the resultant tax liability 
would eventually be borne by investors. However, this liability 
may be mitigated under the terms of an applicable tax treaty, 
and if so, such benefits will also be passed to investors.

Section 5: Additional information  131

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Glossary

Alternative performance measures (APM)
An APM is a measure of performance or financial position 
that is not defined in applicable accounting standards and 
cannot be directly derived from the financial statements. The 
Group’s APMs are set out below and are cross-referenced 
where relevant to the financial inputs used to derive them as 
contained in other sections of the Annual Financial report.

Closed-end company
An investment trust works along the same lines as a unit 
trust, in that it pools money from investors which is then 
managed on a collective basis. The main difference is that an 
investment trust is a company listed on the Stock Exchange 
and, in most cases, trading takes place in shares which have 
already been issued, rather than through the creation or 
redemption of units. As the number of shares which can be 
issued or cancelled at any one time is limited, and requires 
the approval of existing shareholders, investment trusts 
are known as closed end funds or companies. This means 
that investment trusts are not subject to the same liquidity 
constraints as open ended funds and can therefore invest in 
less liquid investments.

Discount and premium*
Investment trust shares can frequently trade at a discount to 
NAV. This occurs when the share price (based on the mid-
market share price) is less than the NAV and investors may 
therefore buy shares at less than the value attributable to 
them by reference to the underlying assets. The discount 
is the difference between the share price and the NAV, 
expressed as a percentage of the NAV. As at 30 November 
2020, the share price was 71.40p (2019: 66.00p) and the 
audited NAV per share was 80.76p (2019: 75.28p), giving 
a discount of 11.6% (2019: 12.3%) (please see note 9 of 
the financial statements for the audited inputs to these 
calculations).

A premium occurs when the share price (based on the mid-
market share price) is more than the NAV and investors 
would therefore be paying more than the value attributable 
to the shares by reference to the underlying assets. For 
example, if the share price was 370p and the NAV 365p, the 
premium would be 1.4%.

Discounts and premiums are mainly the consequence of 
supply and demand for the shares on the stock market.

Gearing and borrowings*
Investment companies can borrow to purchase additional 
investments. This is called ‘gearing’. It allows investment 
companies to take advantage of a long term view on a sector 
or to take advantage of a favourable situation or a particularly 
attractive stock without having to sell existing investments.

Gearing works by magnifying a company’s performance. If 
a company ‘gears up’ and then markets rise and returns on 
the investments outstrip the costs of borrowing, the overall 

*  Alternative performance measures.

returns to investors will be even greater. But if markets fall and 
the performance of the assets in the portfolio is poor, then 
losses suffered by the investor will also be magnified.

The Group may achieve gearing through borrowings or the 
effect of gearing through an appropriate balance of equity 
capital, investment in derivatives and structured financial 
instruments, and borrowings. Gearing through the use of 
derivatives is limited to a maximum of 30% of the Group’s 
assets for the purposes of efficient portfolio management 
and to enhance portfolio returns. Gearing through borrowings 
is limited to 40% of the Group’s gross assets; however 
borrowings are not envisaged to exceed 20% of the Group’s 
gross assets at the date or drawdown.

Net gearing 
calculation

Net assets

Borrowings

30 November 
2020
£’000

30 November 
2019
£’000

 91,642 

 85,945 

 5,745 

 12,589 

Page

 93

93

Total assets (a+b)

97,387

98,534

Current assets1

93

 526 

 737 

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Current liabilities 
(excluding 
borrowings)

Net current 
liabilities (d+e)

Net gearing figure 
((b - f)/a)

1 

Includes cash at bank.

93

 (719)

 (757)

(e)

 (193)

 (20)

(f)

6.5%

14.7%

(g)

Gross assets
Gross assets is defined as the total of the Group’s net assets 
and borrowings.

Leverage
Leverage is defined in the AIFM Directive as “any method by 
which the AIFM increases the exposure of an AIF it manages 
whether through borrowing of cash or securities, or leverage 
embedded in derivative positions or by any other means”.

Leverage is measured in terms of ‘exposure’ and is expressed 
as a ratio of net asset value:

Leverage ratio =

Exposure

Net assets

The Directive sets out two methodologies for calculating 
exposure. These are the Gross Method and the Commitment 
Method. The treatment of cash and cash equivalent balances 
in terms of calculating what constitutes an “exposure” under 
AIFMD differs for these two methods. The definitions for 
calculating the Gross Method exposures require that “the 
value of any cash and cash equivalents which are highly 
liquid investments held in the base currency of the AIF, 

132  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash, are 
subject to an insignificant risk of change in value and provide 
a return no greater than the rate of a three-month high 
quality government bond” should be excluded from exposure 
calculations.

NAV and share price return (with dividends 
reinvested)*
Performance statistics enable the investor to make 
performance comparisons between investment trusts with 
different dividend policies. The performance measures the 
combined effect of any dividends paid, together with the 
rise or fall in the share price or NAV. This is calculated by the 
movement in the share price or NAV plus the dividends paid by 
the Group assuming these are reinvested in the Group at the 
prevailing NAV/Share price (please see note 9 of the financial 
statements for the audited inputs to the calculations).

NAV total return

Page

30 November 
2020

30 November 
2019

Closing NAV per 
share (pence)

Add back interim 
and final dividends 
(pence)

Effect of dividend 
reinvestment 
(pence)

Adjusted closing 
NAV (pence)

Opening NAV per 
share (pence)

NAV total return  
(c = ((a - b)/b)) 
(%)

102

 80.76 

 75.28 

102

 4.00 

 4.00 

 1.00 

 (0.08)

 85.76 

 79.20 

(a)

102

 75.28 

 75.87 

(b)

 13.9 

 4.4 

(c)

Share price total 
return

30 November 
2020

30 November 
2019

Page

shareholders’ funds’ by the total number of ordinary shares 
in issue (excluding treasury shares). For example, as at 
30 November 2020, equity shareholders’ funds were worth 
£91,642,000 and there were 113,470,349 ordinary shares 
in issue (excluding treasury shares); the undiluted NAV was 
therefore 80.76 pence per ordinary share (please see note 
9 of the financial statements for the audited inputs to the 
calculations).

Equity shareholders’ funds are calculated by deducting from 
the Group’s total assets, its current and long-term liabilities 
and any provision for liabilities and charges.

Net asset value per share (Capital only 
NAV)*
The capital only NAV is a popular point of reference when 
comparing a range of investment trusts. This NAV focuses 
on the value of the Group’s assets disregarding the current 
period revenue income, on the basis that most trusts will 
distribute substantially all of their income in any financial 
period. It is also the measure adopted by the Association of 
Investment Companies for preparation of statistical data. It is 
calculated by dividing ‘equity shareholders’ funds’ (excluding 
current period revenue) by the total number of ordinary 
shares in issue.

As at 30 November 2020, equity shareholders’ funds less 
the current year net revenue return (after interim dividends) 
amounted to £90,147,000 and there were 113,470,349 
ordinary shares in issue (excluding treasury shares); 
therefore the capital only NAV was 79.45 pence.

Equity shareholders’ funds (excluding current period 
revenue) of £90,147,000 are calculated by deducting from 
the Group’s net assets (£91,642,000) its current period 
revenue (£4,900,000) and adding back the interim dividends 
paid from revenue (£3,405,000).

102

 71.40 

66.00

102

 4.00 

4.00

Ongoing charges ratio*

Ongoing charges (%) =

Annualised ongoing charges

Average undiluted net asset value 
in the period

 1.17 

(0.29)

 76.57 

69.71

102

 66.00 

70.60

Ongoing charges are those expenses of a type which are likely 
to recur in the foreseeable future, whether charged to capital 
or revenue, and which relate to the operation of the investment 
company as a collective fund. Ongoing charges are based on 
costs incurred in the year as being the best estimate of future 
costs and include the annual management charge.

(a)

(b)

 16.0 

(1.3)

(c)

Net asset value per share (Cum income NAV)
This is the value of the Group’s assets attributable to 
one ordinary share. It is calculated by dividing ‘equity 

*  Alternative performance measures.

As recommended by the AIC in its guidance, ongoing charges 
are calculated using the Group’s annualised recurring 
revenue and capital expenses (excluding finance costs, 
direct transaction costs, custody transaction charges, 
VAT recovered, taxation and certain non-recurring items) 
expressed as a percentage of the average daily net assets of 
the Group during the year.

Section 5: Additional information  133

Closing share 
price (pence)

Add back interim 
and final dividends 
(pence)

Effect of dividend 
reinvestment 
(pence)

Adjusted closing 
share price 
(pence)

Opening share 
price (pence)

Share price total 
return  
(c = ((a - b)/b)) 
(%)

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Revenue profit and revenue reserves
Revenue profit is the net revenue income earned after 
deduction of fees and expenses allocated to the revenue 
account and taxation suffered by the Group. Revenue 
reserves is the undistributed income that the Group keeps 
as reserves. Investment trusts do not have to distribute all 
the income they generate, after expenses. They may retain 
up to 15% of revenue generated which will be held in a 
revenue reserve. This reserve can be used at a later date to 
supplement dividend payments to shareholders.

Treasury shares
Treasury shares are shares that a company keeps in its own 
treasury which are not currently issued to the public. These 
shares do not pay dividends, have no voting rights and 
are not included in a company’s total issued share capital 
amount for calculating percentage ownership. Treasury 
stock may have come from a repurchase or buy back from 
shareholders, or it may never have been issued to the public 
in the first place. Treasury shares may be reissued from 
treasury to the public to meet demand for a company’s 
shares in certain circumstances.

Yield*
The yield is the amount of cash (in percentage terms) that is 
returned to the owners of the security, in the form of interest 
or dividends received from it. Normally, it does not include 
the price variations, distinguishing it from the total return.

30 November 
2020

30 November 
2019

Page

Interim dividends 
paid/payable 
(pence)1

Ordinary share 
price (pence)

Yield (c = a/b) (%)

102

102

4.00

4.00

(a)

71.40

5.6%

66.00

6.1%

(b)

(c)

1 Comprising dividends declared/paid for the twelve months to 30 November.

Glossary

continued

The inputs that have been used to calculate the ongoing 
charges percentage are set out in the following table.

Ongoing charges 
calculation

Page

Management fee

Other operating 
expenses

99

99

30 November 
2020
£’000

30 November 
2019
£’000

 602 

 388 

 948 

 394 

Total management 
fee and other 
operating 
expenses

Average daily net 
assets in the year

Ongoing charges  
(c = a/b)

990

1,342

(a)

 79,170 

 90,703 

(b)

1.25%

1.48%

(c)

Effective 17 March 2020 the Company’s Ongoing Charges 
(including the investment management fee), will be capped 
at 1.25% per annum of average daily net assets. No cap was 
in place for Ongoing Charges incurred up to 16 March 2020.

Options and options overwriting strategy
An option is a contract that offers the buyer the right, but not 
the obligation, to buy (call) or sell (put) a security or other 
financial asset at an agreed-upon price (the strike price) 
during a certain period of time or on a specific date (exercise 
date) for a fee (the premium). The sale of call or put options 
on stocks that are believed to be overpriced or underpriced, 
based on the assumption that the options will not be 
exercised, is referred to as an ‘options overwriting’ strategy.

The seller of the option collects a premium but, if the option 
subsequently expires without being exercised, there will be no 
down side for the seller. However, if the stock rises above the 
exercise price the holder of the option is likely to exercise the 
option and this strategy can reduce returns in a rising market.

The Group employs an options overwriting strategy but 
seeks to mitigate risk by utilising predominantly covered call 
options (meaning that call options are only written in respect 
of stocks already owned within the Group’s portfolio such 
that, if the options are exercised, the Group does not need 
to purchase stock externally at fluctuating market prices to 
meet its obligations under the options contract). Any use of 
derivatives for efficient portfolio management and options 
for investment purposes will be made on the basis of the 
same principles of risk spreading and diversification that 
apply to the Group’s direct investments.

Quoted securities and unquoted securities
Securities that trade on an exchange for which there is a 
publicly quoted price. Unquoted securities are financial 
securities that do not trade on an exchange and for which 
there is not a publicly quoted price.

*  Alternative performance measures.

134  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
Job No: 43268

Customer: BlackRock

Proof Event: 5

Black Line Level: 0

Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LA

Project Title: Greater Europe Annual Rpt 2020

T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600

136  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600Annual  
general 
meeting

Enel is an electric utility and network operator and a leading owner of renewable energy 
assets. The group operates in more than 30 countries, bringing energy to people 
through the adoption of new sustainability-oriented technologies. The image on the left 
is of Enel’s Chañares photovoltaic plant in Chile. The Chañares plant has an installed 
capacity of 40 MW and can generate up to 94 GWh per year. Construction work on the 
plant, which is located in Chañaral, began in 2014.

PHOTO COURTESY OF ENEL

Section 6: Notice of annual general meeting  137

 
Notice of annual general meeting

Given the risks posed by the spread of COVID-19 and in accordance with Government guidance, special arrangements have been 
made with respect to the Company’s Annual General Meeting for 2021. More details may be found in note 1 on page 140 and 
pages 7 and 8 of the Chairman’s Statement. Details are also available on the Company’s website at www.blackrock.com/uk/beri.

Notice is hereby given that the next Annual General Meeting 
of BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc will be 
held at the offices of BlackRock at 12 Throgmorton Avenue, 
London EC2N 2DL on Tuesday, 16 March 2021 at 10.00 a.m. 
for the purpose of considering and, if thought fit, passing the 
following resolutions (which will be proposed in the case of 
resolutions 1 to 10, as ordinary resolutions and, in the case 
of resolutions 11 to 14, as special resolutions).

More information in respect of the contribution of each 
Director to support their re-election is given in the Directors’ 
Report on pages 59 and 60.

Ordinary business
1. 

 To receive the report of the Directors of the Company and 
the financial statements for the year ended 30 November 
2020, together with the report of the Auditor thereon. 

before the expiry of this authority which would or might 
require relevant securities to be allotted after such expiry 
and the Directors may allot such securities pursuant to 
any such offer or agreement as if the power conferred 
hereby had not expired.

Special resolutions
11.  That, in substitution for all existing authorities and 

subject to the passing of the resolution numbered 10 
above, the Directors of the Company be and are hereby 
empowered pursuant to sections 570 and 573 of the 
Companies Act 2006 (the Act) to allot equity securities 
(as defined in section 560 of the Act) and to sell equity 
securities held by the Company as treasury shares (as 
defined in section 724 of the Act) for cash pursuant to 
the authority granted by resolution 10 above, as if section 
561(1) of the Act did not apply to any such allotment and 
or sales of equity securities, provided that this authority: 

2. 

 To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the 
year ended 30 November 2020. 

 (a) 

3. 

 That the shareholders approve the Company’s dividend 
policy to continue to pay four quarterly interim dividends, 
which in the year under review totalled 4.00p per share. 

4.  To elect Mr Robson as a Director. 

5.  To re-elect Dr Bell as a Director. 

6.  To re- elect Mr Brown as a Director. 

7.  To re-elect Mr Warner as a Director. 

8. 

 To reappoint Ernst & Young LLP as Auditor of the 
Company to hold office until the conclusion of the next 
Annual General Meeting of the Company. 

9. 

 To authorise the Audit and Management Engagement 
Committee to determine the Auditor’s remuneration. 

Special business
Ordinary resolution
 10.  That, in substitution for all existing authorities, the 

Directors of the Company be and they are hereby 
generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to 
section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act), to 
exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares 
and relevant securities in the Company (as described 
in that section) up to an aggregate nominal amount 
of £113,470 (being 10% of the aggregate nominal 
amount of the issued ordinary share capital, excluding 
any treasury shares, of the Company at the date of this 
notice) provided this authority shall (unless previously 
revoked) expire at the conclusion of the Company’s 
Annual General Meeting to be held in 2022, but the 
Company shall be entitled to make offers or agreements 

 shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual 
General Meeting to be held in 2022, except that the 
Company may before such expiry make offers or 
agreements which would or might require equity 
securities to be allotted or sold after such expiry and 
notwithstanding such expiry the Directors may allot 
or sell equity securities in pursuance of such offers 
or agreements; 

(b) 

(c) 

 shall be limited to the allotment of equity securities 
and/or sale of equity securities held in treasury 
for cash up to an aggregate nominal amount of 
£113,470, (representing 10% of the aggregate 
nominal amount of the issued share capital of the 
Company at the date of this notice); and  

 shall be limited to the allotment of equity securities 
and/or the sale of equity securities held in treasury 
at a price not less than the net asset value per 
ordinary share as close as practicable to the 
allotment or sale. 

12.  That, in substitution for the Company’s existing authority 
to make market purchases of ordinary shares of 1p each 
in the Company (Ordinary Shares), the Company be and 
is hereby generally and, subject as hereinafter appears, 
unconditionally authorised in accordance with section 
701 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act) to make market 
purchases of ordinary shares (within the meaning of 
section 693 of the Act) provided that: 

(a) 

 the maximum number of Ordinary Shares hereby 
authorised to be purchased shall be 17,009,205 
or, if less, that number of Ordinary Shares which is 
equal to 14.99% of the Company’s issued ordinary 
share capital (excluding any treasury shares) at the 
date of the Annual General Meeting; 

138  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
 
 
 
(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

 the minimum price (exclusive of expenses) which 
may be paid for any such Ordinary Share shall be 1p 
being the nominal value per share; 

13.  That, the period of notice required for general meetings 
of the Company (other than Annual General Meetings) 
shall be not less than 14 clear days’ notice. 

 the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which 
may be paid for any such Ordinary Share shall be 
the higher of (i) 105% of the average of the middle 
market quotations (as derived from the Official List) 
of the Ordinary Shares for the five dealing days prior 
to the date on which the market purchase is made 
and (ii) the higher of the price quoted for (a) the last 
independent trade of and (b) the highest current 
independent bid for, any number of Ordinary Shares 
on the trading venue where the purchase is carried 
out; and   

 unless renewed, the authority hereby conferred 
shall expire at the conclusion of the Annual General 
Meeting of the Company in 2022 save that the 
Company may, prior to such expiry, enter into 
a contract to purchase Ordinary Shares under 
the authority hereby conferred and may make a 
purchase of Ordinary Shares pursuant to any such 
contract notwithstanding such expiry.

14.  That the amended Articles as set out in the printed 
document produced to the meeting and marked ‘A’ 
(and for the purposes of identification initialled by the 
Chairman of the meeting) be hereby approved and 
adopted as the Articles of Association of the Company 
in substitution for, and to the exclusion of, all existing 
Articles of Association.

By order of the Board

SARAH BEYNSBERGER 
For and on behalf of
BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited
Company Secretary
4 February 2021

Registered Office:
12 Throgmorton Avenue
London EC2N 2DL

 All Shares purchased pursuant to the above authority 
shall be either:

(a) 

 cancelled immediately on completion of the 
purchase; or 

(b) 

 held, sold, transferred or otherwise dealt with as 
treasury shares in accordance with the provisions of 
the Act. 

Section 6: Notice of annual general meeting  139

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notice of annual general meeting

continued

Notes:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

 Given the risks posed by the spread of COVID-19 and in 
accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Association 
and Government guidance, attendance at the Annual General 
Meeting (‘AGM’) is unlikely to be possible for shareholders. 
At the date of posting of this AGM Notice, given the ongoing 
uncertainty about the course of COVID-19 and due to 
ongoing public health concerns, the Board intends to limit 
physical attendance at the AGM only to Directors or their 
proxies and representatives from BlackRock. The Board will 
ensure that the minimum quorum is present to allow the 
formal business to proceed. If law or Government guidance 
so requires at the time of the Meeting, the Chairman of 
the Meeting will limit, in his sole discretion, the number 
of individuals in attendance at the Meeting. Should the 
Government guidance change and the current restrictions 
on group gatherings be relaxed by the time of the meeting, 
the Company may still impose entry restrictions on certain 
persons wishing to attend the AGM in order to secure the 
orderly and proper conduct of the Meeting. 

 A member entitled to attend and vote at the meeting 
convened by the above Notice is also entitled to appoint 
one or more proxies to exercise all or any of the rights of the 
member to attend, speak and vote in his place. A proxy need 
not be a member of the Company. If a member appoints more 
than one proxy to attend the meeting, each proxy must be 
appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share 
or shares held by the member. 

 To appoint a proxy you may use the Form of Proxy enclosed 
with this Notice of Annual General Meeting. To be valid, the 
Form of Proxy, together with the power of attorney or other 
authority (if any) under which it is signed or a notarially 
certified or office copy of the same, must be completed 
and returned to the office of the Company’s registrar 
in accordance with the instructions thereon as soon as 
possible and in any event by not later than 10.00 a.m. on 
12 March 2021 (Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays 
excepted). Amended instructions must also be received 
by the Company’s registrar by the deadline for receipt of 
forms of proxy. Alternatively you can vote or appoint a proxy 
electronically by visiting eproxyappointment.com. You will 
be asked to enter the Control Number, the Shareholder 
Reference Number and PIN which are printed on the Form 
of Proxy. The latest time for the submission of proxy votes 
electronically is 10.00 a.m. on 12 March 2021 (Saturdays, 
Sundays and public holidays excepted). 

 Proxymity Voting – if you are an institutional investor you 
may also be able to appoint a proxy electronically via the 
Proxymity platform, a process which has been agreed  
by the Company and approved by the Registrar. For  
further information regarding Proxymity, please go to  
www.proxymity.io. Your proxy must be lodged by 10.00 a.m. 
on 12 March 2021 in order to be considered valid. Before you 
can appoint a proxy via this process you will need to have 
agreed to Proxymity’s associated terms and conditions. It is 
important that you read these carefully as you will be bound 
by them and they will govern the electronic appointment of 
your proxy. 

 Completion and return of the Form of Proxy will not prevent a 
member from attending the meeting and voting in person. 

 Any person receiving a copy of this Notice as a person 
nominated by a member to enjoy information rights under 
section 146 of the Companies Act 2006 (a Nominated 
Person) should note that the provisions in Notes 1 and 2 
above concerning the appointment of a proxy or proxies to 
attend the meeting in place of a member, do not apply to a 
Nominated Person as only ordinary shareholders have the 
right to appoint a proxy. However, a Nominated Person may 
have a right under an agreement between the Nominated 
Person and the member by whom he or she was nominated 
to be appointed, or to have someone else appointed, as proxy 

7. 

8. 

for the meeting. If a Nominated Person has no such proxy 
appointment right or does not wish to exercise it, he/she may 
have a right under such agreement to give instructions to the 
member as to the exercise of voting rights at the meeting. 

 Nominated Persons should also remember that their main 
point of contact in terms of their investment in the Company 
remains the member who nominated the Nominated Person 
to enjoy the information rights (or perhaps the custodian 
or broker who administers the investment on their behalf). 
Nominated Persons should continue to contact that member, 
custodian or broker (and not the Company) regarding any 
changes or queries relating to the Nominated Person’s 
personal details and interest in the Company (including any 
administrative matter). The only exception to this is where the 
Company expressly requests a response from the Nominated 
Person.

 Pursuant to regulation 41 of the Uncertificated Securities 
Regulations 2001, only ordinary shareholders registered in 
the register of members of the Company by not later than 
6.00 p.m. two days prior to the time fixed for the meeting 
shall be entitled to attend and vote at the meeting in respect 
of the number of ordinary shares registered in their name 
at such time. If the meeting is adjourned, the time by which 
a person must be entered on the register of members of the 
Company in order to have the right to attend and vote at the 
adjourned meeting is 6.00 p.m. two days prior to the time of 
adjournment. Changes to the register of members after the 
relevant times shall be disregarded in determining the rights 
of any person to attend and vote at the meeting. 

9. 

 In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior holder 
who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall 
be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint 
holders and, for this purpose, seniority will be determined 
by the order in which the names stand in the register of 
members of the Company in respect of the relevant joint 
holding. 

10.  Shareholders who hold their ordinary shares electronically 
may submit their votes through CREST, by submitting the 
appropriate and authenticated CREST message so as to be 
received by the Company’s registrar not later than 48 hours 
before the start of the meeting (excluding non-working days). 
Instructions on how to vote through CREST can be found 
by accessing the following website: euroclear.com/CREST. 
Shareholders are advised that CREST and the internet are the 
only methods by which completed proxies can be submitted 
electronically. 

11.  If you are a CREST system user (including a CREST personal 
member) you can appoint one or more proxies or give an 
instruction to a proxy by having an appropriate CREST 
message transmitted. To appoint one or more proxies or to 
give an instruction to a proxy (whether previously appointed 
or otherwise) via the CREST system, CREST messages must 
be received by Computershare (ID number 3RA50) not later 
than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the 
meeting (excluding non-working days). For this purpose, the 
time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined 
by the timestamp generated by the CREST system) from 
which Computershare is able to retrieve the message. CREST 
personal members or other CREST sponsored members 
should contact their CREST sponsor for assistance with 
appointing proxies via CREST. For further information on 
CREST procedures, limitations and system timings please 
refer to the CREST manual. The Company may treat as invalid 
a proxy appointment sent by CREST in the circumstances set 
out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of The Uncertificated Securities 
Regulations 2001. 

12.  If the Chairman, as a result of any proxy appointments, 
is given discretion as to how the votes subject of those 
proxies are cast and the voting rights in respect of those 
discretionary proxies, when added to the interest in the 
Company’s securities already held by the Chairman, result 

140  BlackRock Energy and Resources Income Trust plc l Annual Report and Financial Statements 30 November 2020

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600(a)   (in the case of a resolution only) it would, if passed, be 

ineffective (whether by reason of inconsistency with any 
enactment or the Company’s constitution or otherwise); 

(b)   it is defamatory of any person; or 

(c)   it is frivolous or vexatious. 

 Such a request may be in hard copy form or in electronic 
form, and must identify the resolution of which notice is to 
be given or the matter to be included in the business, must 
be authorised by the person or persons making it, must be 
received by the Company not later than on 2 February 2021, 
being the date six clear weeks before the meeting, and (in the 
case of a matter to be included in the business only) must be 
accompanied by a statement setting out the grounds for the 
request.

17.  As at 4 February 2021 (being the last practicable date prior 

to the publication of this Notice of Annual General Meeting), 
the Company’s issued share capital (excluding 5,495,651 
treasury shares) consisted of 113,470,349 ordinary shares 
of 1p each. Each ordinary share carries the right to one vote 
and therefore the total voting rights in the Company as at the 
date of this report are 113,470,349. 

18.  Further information regarding the meeting which  
the Company is required by section 311A of the  
Companies Act 2006 to publish on a website in advance  
of the meeting (including this Notice), can be accessed  
at blackrock.com/uk/beri. 

19.  No service contracts exist between the Company and any of 

the Directors, who hold office in accordance with letters of 
appointment and the Articles of Association. 

in the Chairman holding such number of voting rights 
that he has a notifiable obligation under the Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules, the Chairman will make 
the necessary notifications to the Company and the Financial 
Conduct Authority. As a result, any member holding 3% 
or more of the voting rights in the Company, who grants 
the Chairman a discretionary proxy in respect of some or 
all of those voting rights and so would otherwise have a 
notification obligation under the Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules, need not make a separate notification to 
the Company and the Financial Conduct Authority.

13.  Any questions relevant to the business of the meeting may 

be asked at the meeting by anyone permitted to speak at the 
meeting. A shareholder may alternatively submit a question 
in advance by a letter addressed to the Company Secretary 
at the Company’s registered office. Under section 319A of 
the Companies Act 2006, the Company must answer any 
question a shareholder asks relating to the business being 
dealt with at the meeting, unless (i) answering the question 
would interfere unduly with the preparation for the meeting 
or involve the disclosure of confidential information; (ii) the 
answer had already been given on a website in the form of an 
answer to a question; or (iii) it is undesirable in the interests 
of the Company or the good order of the meeting that the 
question be answered. 

14.  Any corporation which is a member can appoint one or 
more corporate representatives who may exercise on its 
behalf all of its powers as a member provided that, if it 
is appointing more than one corporate representative, it 
does not do so in relation to the same shares. It is therefore 
no longer necessary to nominate a designated corporate 
representative. 

15.  Under section 527 of the Companies Act 2006, members 

meeting the threshold requirements set out in that section 
have the right to require the Company to publish on a website 
a statement setting out any matter relating to: 

(i) 

 the audit of the Company’s accounts (including the 
Auditor’s report and the conduct of the audit) that are 
laid before the meeting; or 

(ii)   any circumstance connected with an auditor of the 
Company ceasing to hold office since the previous 
meeting at which annual accounts and reports were laid 
in accordance with section 437 of the Companies Act 
2006. 

 The Company may not require the members requesting such 
website publication to pay its expenses in complying with 
sections 527 or 528 of the Companies Act 2006. Where the 
Company is required to place a statement on a website under 
section 527 of the Companies Act 2006, it must forward the 
statement to the Company’s Auditor not later than the time 
when it makes the statement available on the website. The 
business which may be dealt with at the meeting includes 
any statement that the Company has been required under 
section 527 of the Companies Act 2006 to publish on a 
website.

16.  Under sections 338 and 338A of the Companies Act 2006, 
members meeting the threshold requirements in those 
sections have the right to require the Company: 

(i) 

 to give, to members of the Company entitled to receive 
notice of the meeting, notice of a resolution which may 
properly be moved and is intended to be moved at the 
meeting; and/or 

(ii)   to include in the business to be dealt with at the meeting 
any matter (other than a proposed resolution) which may 
be properly included in the business. 

 A resolution may properly be moved or a matter may properly 
be included in the business unless: 

Section 6: Notice of annual general meeting  141

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 18Black Line Level: 2Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share fraud warning

Be ScamSmart

Investment scams are designed  
to look like genuine investments

Spot the warning signs

Have you been:

• contacted out of the blue
•  promised tempting returns and told the investment is safe
• called repeatedly, or
•  told the offer is only available for a limited time?

If so, you might have been contacted by fraudsters.

Avoid investment fraud

Report a scam

1

2

3

  Reject cold calls 
If you’ve received unsolicited contact about an investment 
opportunity, chances are it’s a high risk investment or a 
scam.  You  should  treat  the  call  with  extreme  caution. 
The safest thing to do is to hang up.

 Check the FCA Warning List 
The FCA Warning List is a list of firms and individuals we 
know are operating without our authorisation.

Get impartial advice

you hand over any money. Seek advice from someone 

If  you  suspect  that  you  have  been  approached  by 
fraudsters please tell the FCA using the reporting form at  
www.fca.org.uk/consumers.  You  can  also  call  the 
FCA Consumer Helpline on 0800 111 6768

If you have lost money to investment fraud, you should 
report it to Action Fraud on 0300 123 2040 or online at 
www.actionfraud.police.uk

Find out more at www.fca.org.uk/scamsmart

Remember: if it sounds too good to 
be true, it probably is! 

SGN001 

 
Job No: 43268

Customer: BlackRock

Proof Event: 9

Black Line Level: 0

Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LA

Project Title: Greater Europe Annual Rpt 2020

T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600

B
l
a
c
k
R
o
c
k
E
n
e
r
g
y
a
n
d
R
e
s
o
u
r
c
e
s
I
n
c
o
m
e
T
r
u
s
t
p
l
c

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
F
n
a
n
c
i
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s
3
0
N
o
v
e
m
b
e
r
2
0
2
0

blackrock.com/uk/beri

Job No: 43774Proof Event: 11Black Line Level: 0Park Communications Ltd Alpine Way London E6 6LACustomer: BlackRockProject Title: BERI Annual Rpt 2020T: 0207 055 6500 F: 020 7055 6600